US8966018B2 - Automated network device configuration and network deployment - Google Patents

Automated network device configuration and network deployment Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US8966018B2
US8966018B2 US12/683,281 US68328110A US8966018B2 US 8966018 B2 US8966018 B2 US 8966018B2 US 68328110 A US68328110 A US 68328110A US 8966018 B2 US8966018 B2 US 8966018B2
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
network
wireless switch
configuration
switch
configuration data
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active, expires
Application number
US12/683,281
Other versions
US20100180016A1 (en
Inventor
Jamsheed Bugwadia
Yun Freund
Paul E. Zeldin
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Juniper Networks Inc
Original Assignee
Trapeze Networks Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US11/437,582 external-priority patent/US20070268516A1/en
Application filed by Trapeze Networks Inc filed Critical Trapeze Networks Inc
Priority to US12/683,281 priority Critical patent/US8966018B2/en
Assigned to BELDEN INC. reassignment BELDEN INC. CHANGE OF NAME (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC.
Publication of US20100180016A1 publication Critical patent/US20100180016A1/en
Assigned to TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC. reassignment TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: BELDEN INC.
Priority to EP11150170.6A priority patent/EP2355570B1/en
Assigned to TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC. reassignment TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: ZELDIN, PAUL, BUGWADIA, JAMSHEED, FREUND, YUN
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of US8966018B2 publication Critical patent/US8966018B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Adjusted expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/02Arrangements for optimising operational condition
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/4401Bootstrapping
    • G06F9/4411Configuring for operating with peripheral devices; Loading of device drivers
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0803Configuration setting
    • H04L41/0806Configuration setting for initial configuration or provisioning, e.g. plug-and-play
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/085Retrieval of network configuration; Tracking network configuration history
    • H04L41/0853Retrieval of network configuration; Tracking network configuration history by actively collecting configuration information or by backing up configuration information
    • H04L41/0856Retrieval of network configuration; Tracking network configuration history by actively collecting configuration information or by backing up configuration information by backing up or archiving configuration information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0866Checking the configuration
    • H04L41/0869Validating the configuration within one network element
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0876Aspects of the degree of configuration automation
    • H04L41/0886Fully automatic configuration
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0894Policy-based network configuration management
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/445Program loading or initiating
    • G06F9/44505Configuring for program initiating, e.g. using registry, configuration files
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/08Configuration management of networks or network elements
    • H04L41/0893Assignment of logical groups to network elements
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L41/00Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
    • H04L41/22Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks comprising specially adapted graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W84/00Network topologies
    • H04W84/02Hierarchically pre-organised networks, e.g. paging networks, cellular networks, WLAN [Wireless Local Area Network] or WLL [Wireless Local Loop]
    • H04W84/10Small scale networks; Flat hierarchical networks
    • H04W84/12WLAN [Wireless Local Area Networks]
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/12Access point controller devices

Definitions

  • a network device or a multiplicity of network devices such as a wired or wireless network switch and one or a constellation of access point devices and other devices and/or subsystems that may be directly or indirectly connected or coupled with the network switch
  • a network spans the world particularly where headquarters staff, management systems, and network administrators responsible for initial network configuration, network configuration modification, and/or network expansion are located in a different time zone, speak a different language, or are separated from local network administrators by a wide area network (WAN), such as the Internet.
  • WAN wide area network
  • While configuring a network device is not an extraordinarily difficult task for a trained network administrator, it may require some understanding of network device characteristics, network configuration, and/or network software, and often an ability to diagnose and trouble-shoot non-functioning devices or the network, such e.g., when there are two network devices that for initially unknown reasons appear to have the same or conflicting IP addresses.
  • a network administrator may consult with a somewhat technically untrained lay person, such as a worker on the floor of a factory or warehouse, an office administrator, or other non-technical person, to configure network devices by talking over the telephone perhaps with the help of a computer link, however doing so for more than a few devices or indeed for dozens or hundreds of devices would be so administratively time consuming and costly that it becomes impractical.
  • a somewhat technically untrained lay person such as a worker on the floor of a factory or warehouse, an office administrator, or other non-technical person
  • Another attempted solution has been to pre-configure network devices at a site where network administrators are resident before reshipping the network devices to a remote location where they will operate. This may sometimes be referred to a staging or partially staging the devices or network.
  • FIG. 1 depicts an example of a network device deployment system.
  • FIG. 2 depicts a flowchart of an example of requesting and receiving configuration information.
  • FIG. 3 depicts another example of a network device deployment system.
  • FIG. 4 is an illustration showing an embodiment of an exemplary management side procedure for causing a valid configuration to be retrieved from a storage in the management side server or generated by the management side server and sent to the remote network device.
  • FIG. 5 is an illustration showing an embodiment of an exemplary network device side procedure for causing a valid configuration to be received by and stored in the remote network device.
  • FIG. 6 depicts an example of a system having partially autonomous local network devices associated with wide-area WLAN policy.
  • FIG. 7 depicts a flowchart of an example of a method for deployment of partially autonomous network devices.
  • Network devices may be of any type, such as wired or wireless network switches, network access points or mobility points, routers, and/or other network devices, subsystems, or the like that require or benefit from being automatically configured with a network device or subsystem configuration, but to avoid the repeated listing or enumeration of each possible network device of subsystem type throughout the description, embodiments of inventive aspects are primarily described relative to wireless network devices or switches.
  • the network device comprises an auto-configuring or self-configuring wireless network switch such as a wide area network (WAN) or local area network (LAN) switch.
  • WAN wide area network
  • LAN local area network
  • a network device such as a wireless network switch
  • a network connection such as for example for an Ethernet cable to a plug-in connector (such as to an RJ-45 port connector) on the case or housing of the device, press a button while switching on or otherwise applying electrical power or initiating operation of the device, and as a result of these actions cause the device to send a message to a predetermined network server over the Ethernet network and in return receive a full and complete configuration information or data set (or a supplemental data set to augment what is present) to place the network device in operation on the network and not requiring any further interaction with the network or a network administrator.
  • a network device such as a wireless network switch
  • This methodology may be repeated for any number of such network devices and may even, for example, be repeated for hundreds of network devices and geographically diverse installation sites each being distant from the central or headquarters management side server. More than one server, though not required, may also optionally be incorporated into the system operation and/or configuration either for purposes of redundancy or capacity. Although a server is or may be described here as being the configuration server, it will be appreciated that the configuration information serving functionality may be provided by a dedicated configuration server or my a server that provides for various other content, data, and information serving functionality, as well as the configuration information serving.
  • FIG. 1 is an example of a system showing elements of the headquarters or management side system including a management side server having network configuration functionality and an exemplary network device. While the network device may be any applicable type of network device or subsystem, here the network device is shown as remote wireless network switch on an 802.11 network.
  • a network management system 104 which includes a management server 106 having a device configuration server functionality, may be coupled for communication over a network, such as the Internet 120 , to a network device 108 , here shown as a first remote wireless network device 1 .
  • a network management system 104 which includes a management server 106 having a device configuration server functionality, may be coupled for communication over a network, such as the Internet 120 , to a network device 108 , here shown as a first remote wireless network device 1 .
  • Systems, servers, and other devices can be referred to as engines.
  • an engine includes a processor and, typically, firmware or software modules that are executed by the processor.
  • an engine can be centralized or its functionality distributed.
  • An engine can include special purpose hardware, firmware, or software embodied in a computer-readable medium for execution by the processor.
  • a computer-readable medium is intended to include all mediums that are statutory (e.g., in the United States, under 35 U.S.C. 101), and to specifically exclude all mediums that are non-statutory in nature to the extent that the exclusion is necessary for a claim that includes the computer-readable medium to be valid.
  • Known statutory computer-readable mediums include hardware (e.g., registers, random access memory (RAM), non-volatile (NV) storage, to name a few), but may or may not be limited to hardware.
  • Hardware computer-readable mediums may be referred to as ā€œtangible computer-readable mediums.ā€
  • ā€œcomputer-readable storage mediumsā€ are mediums capable of storing data in a non-ephemeral fashion, which includes both volatile and non-volatile storage.
  • a network will include a plurality of network devices 1 , 2 , . . . , N and that a single network device is shown here to simplify the description. It will also be appreciated that when there are a plurality of network devices, the network devices may be of different types or have different software versions or characteristics or functional requirements and may require different configuration information.
  • the remote wireless network device 108 is a wireless network switch.
  • Network switch 108 may as shown here be coupled to one or a plurality of access points 132 which may themselves couple to one or more devices 134 , 136 such as for example notebook computers, personal data assistants (PDAs), printers, or any other network device.
  • the management server may be but is not limited to a RingmasterĀ® Server made by Trapeze Networks of Pleasanton, Calif.
  • Remote wireless network device 108 may include storage 110 for a remote device identifier, which storage may store one or more parameters that may uniquely, or even locally with the network, identify the physical or hardware device within the system 102 .
  • Remote wireless network device 108 also includes logic or processor 112 and program information for booting the network device 108 either with a new configuration information or when desired or required maintaining persistently the configuration that is already been stored in the network device 108 .
  • the processor will include a coupled internal or external RAM memory.
  • a configuration information persistent or non-volatile storage 126 is provided for storing configuration information. Persistent storage for program instructions and/or other parameters, including for example a network configuration information source identifier from which the network device will obtain its configuration.
  • Persistent storage for program instructions and/or other parameters, including for example a network configuration information source identifier from which the network device will obtain its configuration.
  • the network device has not previously stored network configuration information than it may be required that the network device 108 the loaded with new configuration information before the device is able
  • configuration information in the network device that was previously loaded is maintained when the network device 108 boots or is reset.
  • the boot or mode state 114 provides storage and an indicator so that at the time the network device boots a query may be made of this state so that the appropriate decision to request new configuration information or to maintain persistently the old configuration information may be known.
  • the state may be stored in a memory or may be indicated directly by other physical property such as the state (for example, open or closed, or high or low impedance, high or low voltage, or the like) of a switch, line, or other physical element.
  • the network device is programmed to take or execute different paths and execute different boot sequences depending upon the state of the boot mode state 114 stored. In at least one embodiment, the network device is capable of autonomous operation.
  • the invention is not limited to any particular configuration information item or set of configuration information.
  • the configuration information can be referred to as a configuration data set, and this is understood to possibly be a single data item or a plurality of data items.
  • Configuration information or data sets may be complete such as may be needed in an unconfigured network device or partial or supplemental such as may be need in an incompletely configured network device or where although complete, the configuration information in a network device needs to be changed or updated.
  • the request can include, by way of example but not limitation, a device Internet protocol (IP) address, a device class, a device site, a device location, a network mask (netmask), a network identifier, a device type to be configured, a software version identifier, a firmware version identifier, a data of manufacture, a DHCP source indicator, a pre-configuration fixed address indicator, a serial identifier (SID), and any combination of these.
  • IP Internet protocol
  • network mask network mask
  • SID serial identifier
  • the software, firmware, or device hardware version tells what server what the device is capable of or can do, so that version based configuration information may be provided and is primarily (but not exclusively) of benefit for policy based configuration, as different versions may have different or advanced features not available or operable in other versions.
  • the device identifier such as the device serial number may provide unambiguous information as to any one or combination of hardware, software, and firmware characteristics of the network device.
  • different information or data can be provided in any particular configuration information or configuration data set that is requested by and subsequently sent to a network device.
  • the configuration information or data set should be sufficient to permit a client device or user to be able to connect with or otherwise access the network in the manner intended.
  • the access to the network is to be via a wireless connection and the network device is a wireless switch
  • the client device such as a notebook computer or other information appliance will access the network wirelessly via a wireless access point device
  • the wireless access point device will be coupled with the network switch either via a wired or wireless connection or communications link.
  • configuration information concerning the access point radio-frequency or other radios should be provided as well as configuration information as to the identities of persons, users, user IDs, machine IDs, or other entities that should be allowed to or disallowed from connecting to the network via the network device (such as through the access point and switch).
  • the configuration information sent to a network switch can include configuration information for the access point or access points that communicate with the network through the switch.
  • the configuration information or data set defines how to configure these access point devices.
  • the configuration information or data set defines how to verify a user or client device.
  • the configuration information or data set may define relationships of a one network device (e.g., a first switch) to another network device (e.g., a second switch) or to a plurality of switches to each other.
  • Relationships may for example, take into account mobility domains where a mobility domain is a collection of switches that know about each other and about each others sessions. Mobility domains may be provided for the purpose of permitting hand-offs during roaming or physical movement of the device or other devices coupled with the network device such as client machines possibly including computers, PDAs, and the like. Relationships are valuable so that they permit relationships and hand-offs if moving around from place to place. In this way the system and network can also provide virtual LANs with the user and client device staying on the same VLAN even though roaming through an area.
  • the access point and switch are configured to permit all client devices that can find the network or SSID to connect to it.
  • access points will broadcast their network identifier and/or SSID. Therefore in a situation where the owner, operator, or other network administrator entrusted with controlling access to the particular network had chosen to permit all users that wanted or requested access to the network, such as to a default LAN or virtual LAN (VLAN), to be able to access the network, then the configuration information may advantageously specify that any user of user's machine may connect to and have access over the network via that access point and switch.
  • VLAN virtual LAN
  • the network administrator may choose to restrict access to the network.
  • the configuration information or data set sent to the device will specify the identities of potential client devices that are permitted access.
  • configuration information about, by way of example but not limitation, what client devices or users of client devices can be validated to the network, what wireless protocols are enabled, any authentication information, a new fixed IP address if the IP address that had been used had been established by a DHCP or other entity, and/or any other information, parameters, or data that it is useful or advantageous for the network device or other devices coupled with it to have for purpose of the intended operation.
  • sufficient configuration information needs to be present on the network device to permit getting clients (such as for example wireless clients) onto the network or SSID that they belong on (and not on other networks or SSIDs that they don't belong on) with the correct level of security (if any).
  • Access points broadcast the networks (in a Microsoft Windows based context) or SSID (in more general wireless networking context) that they support.
  • each access point radio can broadcast a single SSID or any number or plurality of SSIDs.
  • the access points and/or clients connected to the SSIDs broadcast the SSID and broadcast the attributes of the network (such as dot1X, key authentication, and the like or other attributes).
  • the attributes broadcast by the client device need to match or at least have common elements with the attributes of the switch to which the client devices connect to the network and may further need to be able to match these and/or other credentials to determine if the client device should be allowed on that network (SSID).
  • the storage and/or matching of the parameters or attributes may be done on a server or locally.
  • the configuration information that is sent to the network device may include user or client access attributes or configuration information.
  • Configuration information may also specify relationships amongst network devices, such as switches, so that for example a roaming user or client device can maintain proper connection to the network even though the client device is moving from the radio range of one access point and/or switch to another one so that communication hand-off from one to the other may occur seamlessly, while at the same time not permitting hand-off or connection to a network that the user or client device is not entitled to connect to in spite of the device being in good radio frequency range of the access point or switch for that network or SSID.
  • network devices such as switches
  • the configuration information or data set includes some client or other user identity information.
  • the network device may be partially programmed or staged to specify either permitted or prohibited access, even this information or data need not be included within the configuration information that is sent to the requesting network device.
  • the examples described herein provide structures and methods for a device to send a request for configuration information and to receive configuration information back from a different device or system, such as from a sever computer via a network, whatever that configuration information may be. It may also be desirable to confirm, update, check for updates, or validate all or only a portion of configuration information or data that was previously stored to the network device.
  • the system is not necessarily limited to any particular configuration information or configuration data set, nor to the manner in which the configuration information was generated or stored.
  • configuration information request message may request any information and the server's response to the message may be full, partial, or a single configuration update to a stored configuration in the requesting network device.
  • the configuration information sent may also be completely controlled by the centralized (or distributed) configuration distribution authority represented in the descriptions here as the management side configuration server.
  • FIG. 2 depicts a flowchart of an example of a procedure for a network device requesting and receiving a configuration information or data set from a system management configuration server.
  • the procedure begins at step 141 and thereafter the remote network device (for example a network switch) requests configuration information from the management system (step 142 ).
  • management system determines the proper or appropriate remote device configuration information and communicates its to the requesting remote device (step 143 ).
  • the remote device receives a configuration information for itself and may optionally but advantageously also receive configuration information for any attached devices, such as for example for one or more access points coupled with the remote network switch (step 145 ).
  • the remote device and network use the configuration information sent or pushed down to the remote device for further operation on the network (step 145 ), upon which the procedure ends (step 146 ).
  • the network information may be either or a combination of a network device hardware information, a network device software information, a network device location information, a network device requester information, any other parameter that identifies a basis for establishing an operable configuration, and/or any combination of these.
  • the management system when the requesting network device sends its request message out, upon receipt the management system performs either a configuration data base look up or a configuration information generation based on one or more of the network device identification, network configuration policies, and/or on the basis of any combination of these with possible other factors.
  • the management side system may take into account the existing preconfigured policies, rules, preferences, existing configuration, legacy devices and/or any other parameters or characteristics that may or should impact the network device configuration, on the network that the management side or central administration has set up. It will create the right configuration that needs to be sent back to the network device. To the network device, it looks like it received its full configuration.
  • the full configuration for a network device that is or includes a network switch may include configuration information as to how to run its access points (APs) or mobility points (MPs), what SSIDs (service set identifiers) to provide, what Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) to configure, who to allow access to and what that access should be, and any other information that provides the desired operation of the configured device.
  • APs access points
  • MPs mobility points
  • SSIDs service set identifiers
  • VLANs Virtual Local Area Networks
  • the wireless devices may conform to one of the WI-FI or 802.11 wireless protocols, though a limitation to only to this protocol or to extensions, enhancements, and improvements to this protocol is not necessarily required.
  • inventive aspects that are particularly useful when replacing a failed network device, application of the methods and structures of inventive aspects to the rollout or deployment and configuration of new sites having hundreds of network devices to be configured, inventive aspects pertaining to central control and/or policy-based control of network device configuration, inventive aspects pertaining to novel characteristics of the physical hardware switch itself, inventive aspects that are particularly advantageous when scaling the method to large numbers of devices, inventive aspects pertaining to mutual device security authentication and encryption, application of the method not only to configuration of the device but also to the tree or hierarchy of other devices coupled with the configured device, inventive aspects applicable to maintaining a persistent or sticky configuration, inventive aspects pertaining to flexibility in choosing and pushing either a hardware based configuration or a policy-based configuration to the device, and of course application of the automated set-up and configuration procedures to drop-shipped network devices.
  • inventive aspects may be combined and used synergistically in various ways.
  • a network device fail, such as a network switch. This failure can be particularly problematic at a remote site where no network administrator or IT professional is available.
  • a device identifier and/or network policies used to determine the configuration information that is to be sent to or pushed to replacement device.
  • a network device vendor or manufacturer pull a box containing the replacement device off of their inventory shelf, and without opening the box or performing any configuration of the device, drop ship a replacement network device using for example an express delivery service, directly from the manufacturer or vendor to the replacement site.
  • the manufacturer or vendor may inform the buyer as to the device identifier so that an entry may be made into the configuration information database ready for configuration information retrieval when it receives a request.
  • anyone at the replacement site then opens the box, disconnects the Ethernet cable from the failed network device, reconnects the Ethernet cable into the receptacle on the replacement device, plugs in electrical power (if an on-off switch is provided on the device) and at the time the on-off switch is switched from an off state to an on state, holds down the boot mode button on the device so that the replacement network device sends a message to the management side server requesting configuration information.
  • implementations may utilize a combination of network device identity and policies to determine one or any set of network device configuration information, and that as with either identity based configuration or policy based configuration, the use of a combination of identity and policy based configuration may be implemented by pre-computing and storing such configuration in a database, computing it in real-time or substantially real time or dynamically determining configuration information upon receipt of a request for such configuration information or data set, or by any combination of pre-stored and real-time or dynamically determined configuration. Dynamically determined information for one device may even be stored and used or partially reused for a similar configuration with any necessary changes being made to customize the configuration information to the new request or requester.
  • the replacement network device knows to send its message to a particular server at a particular IP address location because at least in one embodiment, it is programmed at the time of manufacture (or if staged in advance of shipment, when being staged) to connect to a particular notorious DNS Domain Name System (or Service or Server), an Internet service that translates domain names into IP addresses.
  • a particular notorious DNS Domain Name System or Service or Server
  • finding and ultimately connecting to a source of configuration information may be implemented in a variety of ways.
  • a particular name is identified to the network device, and that name is looked up or queried in the context of the local network or other defined network.
  • the network device when the network device powers-up and begins to boot or on a reset boot or other initiation phase, and is activated in an autoconfiguration mode, if it does not have an IP address (or optionally, even if it does) it sends a DHCP request to a DHCP server to obtain a first or a new IP address (because it may not have an IP address when it wakes up for the first time), it will also be assigned or otherwise be identified with a default router, and it will be assigned or otherwise identified to a DNS server, and finally according to one embodiment it will receive a domain name from the DHCP server.
  • some or all of these may be preconfigured into the network device, such as at the time of manufacture or during some pre-deployment staging phase. This alternative mode may be useful if there is a possibility where their will be no DHCP server available or accessible during the setup, deployment, or roll-out.
  • a domain name lookup is performed on the server that has been identified to the network device as the sever to query during the autoconfiguration using a well known or other identified or notorious name appended to or pre-pended to the domain name.
  • this well known name is ā€œwlanconfigserver,ā€ but the choice of name itself is not important. Furthermore, one does not actually have to know the address; it is enough to use the domain name to find the appropriate server.
  • DNS is an acronym for Domain Name System (or Service or Server), which is an Internet service that translates domain names into IP addresses. Because the DNS system is actually a network onto itself, if one DNS server doesn't recognize or know a particular domain name, it asks another DNS server, and so on, until the correct IP address is found.
  • the requesting network device is instructed to use this name to find the server.
  • the network administrator or information technology (IT) group will have added that name with an address into their local DNS database. In this way, only the name is needed and the name can identify the address that locates the server.
  • This DNS mechanism may readily be set up form a central or headquarters site and then sent out to various proxy servers if they exist so that this process as well may readily be accomplished remotely from the location of the device installation or deployment.
  • the known or notorious name (or other identifier) is programmed or otherwise loaded or stored into the network device before deployment, and an address is obtained during deployment (during the autoconfiguration process) by looking up the address based on the name using a DNS lookup.
  • the DNS lookup is performed by the DNS server that was identified or provided by the DHCP server, and the domain name is provided by the DHCP server.
  • the manufacturer or vendor may advantageously open the network device shipping box and program the network device to send a message to an IP address or server identified by the entity purchasing the replacement network device.
  • the entity needing to replace a failed network device maintains an inventory of spares
  • the entity may program a replacement network device so that it knows what IP address to contact to reach the central or other management side server for each of the spares, the entity may then simply pull a spare out of their inventory and ship it in the same manner to the site where it is needed.
  • the programming may be done in advance of the need for the replacement, there is no urgency involved, and typically no reason for a network administrator or IT professional to become involved.
  • the network administrator may for example, purchase ten switches to use as replacement spares, program each with the server IP address to use with the request, and put them back on the spares shelf until needed. No customization for their ultimate location is required as each will obtain full configuration information upon receiving a response to its request once installed.
  • the management side server receives the request message it optionally authenticates the requesting network device (such as an initial authentication using the network device unique hardware ID), and sends the configuration information to the requesting network device. Therefore, it will be appreciated that virtually no expertise is needed to configure the replacement network device.
  • the device identifier may not be advantageous to set-up or configure the device based for example on the device serial number, security identifier (SID), or other identifier associated with the physical hardware. Even though this may be possible to do so, it may not be as efficient as other methods for replicating the configuration of the previous failed device. This is a legitimate approach, as well as the approach that may be preferred in a number of network configuration situations.
  • SID security identifier
  • the replacement device when such failure occurs, it may be preferable that the replacement device be set up exactly the same (or substantially the same when some hardware, firmware, or software version variation requires or benefits from some incremental change to that set up) as a failed device it replaces.
  • the configuration of a failed device replacement device may be tied to the physical place or location or alternatively to the policies applied to devices in that location or environment so that it has the proper operation and association with the environment and other devices in that physical place or environment. It will be appreciated, that characteristics of the device itself may also be taking into account by the policies that are applied to the configuration and operation of the device.
  • One of the attributes of the network typically associated with a physical place are the subnet addresses and the Internet protocol addresses that are associated with the location and the subnet.
  • the replacement device may be configured based on the standard policies (or optionally on customized policies) applied to devices of the same or similar type in that location or environment.
  • Different devices such as wireless network switches may receive different configuration information than wireless routers or access points, but it may be the policies that determine within a type or class of device what the configuration should be not the individual device identifier itself.
  • Location may for example mean a particular company office location or building, a particular city or other political jurisdiction, a particular operation such as a research laboratory in a research and development complex versus a warehouse facility collocated in the same complex.
  • Security features, possibly including network access lists, may also be a form of policy based configuration. Therefore the idea of place or location relative to policies may also be different functional activities at the same location.
  • Embodiments of the network device such as a wireless network switch may interoperates with the server, such as the RingMasterTM-based server and network software made by Trapeze Networks of Pleasanton, Calif., or with other servers and/or software to configure the devices and bring up the configured network devices and the network system automatically.
  • the server such as the RingMasterTM-based server and network software made by Trapeze Networks of Pleasanton, Calif., or with other servers and/or software to configure the devices and bring up the configured network devices and the network system automatically.
  • system, device, and method are provided to permit automatic and touch-free or substantially touch-free configuration of a network device at a location to be configured to operate on the network without the on-site participation or involvement of a technician, information technologist (IT) administrator or other trained professional.
  • Touch-free operation means that the installer of the network device only needs to connect the network device to a communication link, such as a wired or wireless Ethernet or other network that can reach a source of configuration.
  • This information source may typically be a network server (such as the management side server already described) and the network will be or include the Internet connected to the network device using an Ethernet cable or wireless equivalent.
  • the network device Once the network device has been connected to a network that can reach or connect to the configuration information source and power is applied to the network device so that it boots its operating program for operation as its particular type of network device, such as a network switch, the network device is programmed to contact its configuration information source and get its configuration information and then self install on the network without any other assistance or intervention. In another embodiment, someone must press (and optionally hold) a button or switch or other electrical or mechanical means for altering a logic state so that the network device will be instructed to contact the source of configuration information rather than use the already stored configuration information (if any) within the network device memory or logic.
  • This aspect is particularly advantageous in situations where for example, a network device at a location remote from a headquarters facility where the IT administrator or other IT technicians are resident has failed and needs to be replaced, or where a large number of network devices need to be rolled out in a new facility and even where an IT administrator or technician may be sent and made available, the travel and on-site time involved and the resulting costs increase the time involved to complete network roll out.
  • a network device at a location remote from a headquarters facility where the IT administrator or other IT technicians are resident has failed and needs to be replaced, or where a large number of network devices need to be rolled out in a new facility and even where an IT administrator or technician may be sent and made available, the travel and on-site time involved and the resulting costs increase the time involved to complete network roll out.
  • a management side network server may be configured to interoperate with any number of such devices for the purpose of configuring the device(s), and as the method, procedures, and communications involved in configuring a device may typically involve the management side network server and a single network device at a time, implementations are first described relative to a single network device. It will then be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that the system may be extended to include and interoperate with any plurality of devices, including for example systems having only a few devices, to network configurations that have tens, hundreds, or even thousands of devices. Furthermore, the network devices to be configured may be of different physical types, may require different network configurations, and may be at different physical locations, to name only a few of the possible variations.
  • the first strategy involving configuration of the network device based on a physical characteristic of the device, such as for example, a device serial number, a device IP address, a secure ID, or any other identifier associated with the physical hardware of the network device.
  • This configuration approach is referred to as identity-based configuration or IBC.
  • the second strategy involves configuration of the network device based on an applicable network policy or policies, where for example, the policies may be specific to the location where the network device is being installed or replaced. The network policies may also take into account the network device type, and/or other physical or functional aspects of the network device.
  • This second configuration based at least in part on network or management policies is referred to as policy based configuration (PBC).
  • PBC policy based configuration
  • One or a plurality of policies may be utilized in selecting, generating, or otherwise determining the configuration information or data set to be sent to a particular network device (the primary network device) and such policy or policies may also be used to determine the configuration information or data set sent via a particular network (a primary network device) to other devices, possibly including other network devices (secondary devices or secondary network devices), that are connected with or coupled to the network device.
  • a access point device is a secondary network device to a network switch which is a primary network device.
  • an implementation includes two principal hardware components, a network device 108 that requires configuration information 126 , and the server 104 or other source of configuration information 107 that the network device 108 can contact over a communications link 124 such as the Internet or other network to request 122 configuration information 124 stored (for example based on a device identity) or generated (for example, based on predetermined or dynamically determined policies) at the server so that it can be sent over the communication link to the particular network device 108 making the request.
  • a communications link 124 such as the Internet or other network to request 122 configuration information 124 stored (for example based on a device identity) or generated (for example, based on predetermined or dynamically determined policies) at the server so that it can be sent over the communication link to the particular network device 108 making the request.
  • FIG. 3 is an illustration showing an embodiment of a wireless network device having a recessed mode selector button exposed on an outer surface of the switch so that a person may either leave the switch in a first position to maintain a persistently stored configuration in the device or to press the button during a power-on, boot, or other reset procedure to cause the device to request a new configuration data or information.
  • FIG. 3 an alternative embodiment to the system illustrated in FIG. 1 is shown having additional management system 204 and device 108 detail shown.
  • the FIG. 3 embodiment includes structures that may in some instances only operate or be present with the identity-based configuration (IBC) such as the configuration storage database and look-up table, or only with the policy-based configuration (PBC) embodiment such as the configuration and policy-based configuration generator 210 so that either of these may be seen as being optional elements; however in some implementations both are present so that the network administrator has several options and flexibility to choose the option that best suits the network device configuration at the time.
  • IBC identity-based configuration
  • PBC policy-based configuration
  • the system and device may optionally provide for manual configuration of any network device through either the server or through a local interface to the device.
  • an embodiment of the inventive method for configuring a device is now described from the perspective of the network device 108 relative to FIG. 4 .
  • one of the benefits of the inventive system device and method is ability to connect and configure a network device to the network without the involvement of a skilled or trained IT administrator. It may be desirable to configure a network device with the only requirements to connect the physical network device to the network such as to the Ethernet and to power on the device (step 304 ).
  • the procedure reads the internal device configuration boot mode state (step 306 ).
  • the boot mode state determines whether the network device 108 already has and stores a configuration information that the device wants to retain and utilize or that the network device 108 has no configuration information or wishes to obtain an updated or new configuration information.
  • the boot mode state is a flag, bit, byte, or any other indicator capable all of identifying a first and second states. If the indicator identifies a first state then the device will take actions to request and obtain new configuration information from an external source such as the management system 204 side server 206 . However, if the indicator identified the second state then the device will not request configuration information and will retain the configuration information it already has and stores.
  • device side procedure 302 provides that the network device 108 is ready to operate on the network and uses they persistently stored old configuration information for continued operation in the network (step 320 ) and a device side procedure ends (step 330 ).
  • the boot mode state indicator When the boot mode state indicator is in the second state indicating that the device needs to obtain initial, updated, or new configuration information and request for configuration from the actual system is sent (step 310 ).
  • the request for configuration is sent using a ā€œconfigure meā€ message to the management systems side server 206 .
  • communications between the network device 108 and the management system 204 are conducted using certificate based or other authentication (step 322 ) as well as encryption 312 (at least for sensitive information) for the messages passed between the network device and the management side system.
  • authentication step 322
  • encryption step 312
  • authentication step 322
  • encryption step 312
  • the configuration information itself as well as the protocols used on the network contain or may contain secret information such as keys and the like that if intercepted and known by others would subject the network to attack and compromise.
  • neither authentication nor encryption are required for operation of the inventive system, device, or method and that they are optional features a prudent network architecture and administrator would implement to protect the network.
  • the management side server uses a certificate based authentication of the network device to make sure that only network devices that are trusted by the management server based on the certificate authority certificate are allowed in to talk to or otherwise communicate with the management server and more particularly to request the configuration information by sending the ā€œconfigure meā€ message to the server.
  • an encryption based on secure socket layer (SSL) may be used and in this case an authentication based on a username and password scheme may be implemented to make sure the management scheme that is configuring the network device is allowed to do so.
  • the network device 108 will then wait for the management systems side server 206 to respond and said the requested configuration information.
  • the management systems side server 206 may store the configuration information 208 in the same form or in a somewhat different form they and the form in which it is communicated to network device 108 and that network device 108 may yet and still store the received configuration information and a different form or format band that in which it was received.
  • the management system 204 may also or alternatively have and store different configuration information from which the configuration information that is sensed two and Stored by network device 108 is derived.
  • inventive device side procedure 302 may submit a new request or query for the information (step 314 ) and continued to monitor receipt of the requested configuration information and/or make new request for the configuration information until that request is satisfied.
  • the device side procedure 302 may also optionally but advantageously require authentication (step 324 ) from the server for any configuration information received, and may require decryption when the configuration information and/or accompanying message were encrypted. Encryption, decryption, and certificate authority based authentication procedures are known in the art and are not described in additional detail here.
  • the configuration information is stored (step 318 ) into a memory or other storage in the network device 108 . Subsequently, the configuration information may be retrieved and used as required for operation of the network device (step 320 ), and the device side procedure 302 and (step 330 ).
  • the corresponding management side procedure 401 is now described relative to FIG. 5 . It'll be understood that prior to the management side system 204 having an ability to serve or otherwise send or communicate the configuration information to the requesting network device, the configuration information must be available on the management systems side server 206 (except that according to an alternative embodiment, the configuration information may be generated on-the-fly or in real-time or substantially in real-time upon receiving the request). Therefore the management side procedure 401 includes the step of preparing and storing a database, which may be a lookup table database, that identifies the configuration information for each physical network device ID (step 401 ).
  • the database for example may include or utilize one or plurality of policies that are used to provide or generate an appropriate configuration information for a requesting network device based on the network policies and parameters associated with the requesting network device.
  • policies might include, but are not limited to, and location parameter, a device type parameter, a device class parameter, an office or location specific function parameter, or any other parameter or characteristic of the network device, network device site, network device location, or any combination of these parameters, it may be used in conjunction with policy to determine the most appropriate configuration information to retrieve from a storage or to generate on-the-fly for use by a network device.
  • the network having either stored network device configuration information prior to receiving request, or having an ability to generate an appropriate network device configuration for a requesting network device is in a position to send, preferably and a push mode to the requesting the network device, configuration information to the network device once a configuration quest has been received (step 403 ). Therefore, the server essentially waits in a loop for configuration request to be received (step 403 ), and when a receives requests to configure a device (step 45 ) it may optionally authenticate the received request (step 407 ) and then determine if the requesting device should be sent a configuration information based on a network device identity ID (step 409 ) or based on a network policy (step 411 ). For either the identity-based configuration (IBC) or the policy-based configuration (PCB) the configuration information to be provided may be either obtained by a database lookup procedure or by a configuration information generation procedure where the generation is performed only upon receipt of the configuration information request.
  • IBC identity-based configuration
  • PCB policy-based configuration
  • Identity-based configuration uses an identifier that is unique to the device to identify an appropriate configuration either from an existing database that has been generated receiving the request for configuration, or to generate an appropriate configuration for the requesting device after the request for configuration information has been received by the server.
  • the policy-based configuration primarily relies upon one or more pre-defined or dynamically determined policies that specify how for example different network device types, classes, or other parametrically defined groups of network devices are to be configured in a consistent (or even different) manner when deployed or rolled out at for example, different office locations of a corporation, different functional groups within a corporation or business, or according to any other rule set or policies.
  • the unique identifier may be selected as one or any combination of identifiers selected from the set of identifiers consisting of a device serial number, an internet protocol IP address, a Media Access Control (MAC) address, a Service Set Identifier (SSID), and any combination of two or more of these.
  • the configuration information is optionally but advantageously encrypted so as to prevent unauthorized interception and access to the configuration information (which may include secret information such as keys, protocols, or the like) by unauthorized parties (step 419 ).
  • the management side system server sends the configuration information to requesting device (step 421 ) optionally but advantageously with authentication. Encryption and/or authentication are both particularly advantageous when any of the information may be communicated over an insecure link, for example over the Internet 120 or other unsecure or external communication infrastructure. Neither authentication nor encryption are required, though a prudent network administration would normally choose at least to encrypt and typically to require mutual management side and device side authentication.
  • the management side server may optionally wait for an knowledge receipt of the sent configuration information by the requester (step 423 ) and then the management side procedure for one and its (step 430 ).
  • a configuration success indication may optionally by advantageously be provided.
  • the management side system when the management side system receives the request for configuration from the remote network device, it immediately or within a predetermined period of time, transitions a management state of the remote network device such that a network operator, administrator, or other entity (human or machine) receives an indication of success or failure of the remote network device request.
  • the end effect is that the operator will see the site have a first state (e.g., success state) or go ā€œgreenā€ if the auto-configuration request and respond exchange was successful, or have a second state (e.g., failure state) and go ā€œredā€ if the request and respond exchange failed.
  • a network map may be generated and optionally displayed via a graphical user interface or other graphical, symbolic, or text showing the success or failure status of the network devices.
  • the management system also optionally provides a list of failed remote requests and allows the user to diagnose these.
  • the management side configurations server may establish a queue so that requests for configuration information are placed into the queue in their order of receipt, and each request is handled serially so that the first configuration information request is placed at the head of the queue and for which configuration information is sent to the requesting network device first, then each request is handled in turn in their order of receipt.
  • Other implementations may for example provide for some prioritization so that certain requests determined to have a higher priority are handled out of order relative to their order of receipt. Prioritization based on any number of factors may be implemented.
  • the server may be able to identify request for configuration it should receive a higher priority based on such indicators as the device identifier, the Internet protocol address from which the request was received, and/or other factors.
  • the status of a configuration information request as a higher prior request could be known to the server without the server needing to decrypt, authenticate, or otherwise open or substantially process the requesting message in order to determine a priority status.
  • any secondary network devices that are connected to the requesting network device 108 which is referred to here as the primary network device may themselves receive their own configuration information from the primary network device and the request by any primary network device to the management side server may and in preferred embodiments will include a request for configuration information for any and all secondary network devices coupled with the primary network device.
  • the management side server will not only provide configuration information for the network switch but also configuration information for access points (AP) or mobility points (MP) that are coupled or connected to (or maybe coupled or connected to) the primary network device or switch.
  • AP access points
  • MP mobility points
  • This optional implied request for configuration information not only for the primary or requesting network device but also for the other secondary devices coupled with or connected to the primary network device may substantially reduce the number of requests made and the resulting burden on the network server 206 .
  • the ability to acquire not only configuration information for the switch but also for access points connected to the switch at the same time means that the process of setting up and configuring an entire network much more efficient and vastly simplify as compared to any manual configuration or even answer a configuration which is performed by a network administrator remotely but in non-real-time or off-line.
  • the algorithms and procedures as well the policies on which network configuration information sets are generated may be done at any time prior to their need and do not require participation of either programmers or network administrators at the time or place where the network devices are being deployed or rolled out.
  • each network device may ā€œcall homeā€ or otherwise contact a designated engine system side server 206 and requests its configuration information, and for a typical network receive its configuration information and have actual configuration of the network device and any secondary network devices coupled with or connected to that primary device completed within a matter of a few seconds. Even if a decision is made to completely connect all (for example 100 or more) of the network devices but not to power them on until some predetermined time, each of the network devices that have been configured to requests initial or new configuration information can send a message back to the system server in a secure manner and expect to have its request answered within a few to several minutes.
  • the queuing mechanism at the server taking care of any concurrently received requests that are or may be received more closely in time than a response message with configuration information can be retrieved from the database and sent or generated and sent.
  • embodiments of the inventive network device 106 may include either or both a two-state button or switch that identifies the device as being in an ā€œenableā€ or ā€œdisableā€ request configuration information on network device boot or power-on, and a software settable and resettable state than can represent either an ā€œenableā€ or ā€œdisableā€ request configuration on boot or on power-on status for the network device.
  • a button is provided in a recess or aperture within the housing or enclosure of the network device.
  • the button is advantageously recessed so that it will not inadvertently be pressed during handling of the device during deployment of the device particularly if power is applied to the network device. Any type of button or switch may be used.
  • the button may be recessed to such a depth that a small pointed object such as a paper-clip tip or wire is needed to access and alter the state of the button.
  • the button need only be pressed momentarily during the power-on or boot-up while in other embodiments, the button should be held for from one to several seconds during the power-on or boot-up for its actuation to have the intended effect.
  • the network device maintains its current configuration settings that are persistently maintained or stored non-volatility in the device unless the button 116 is depressed during power-on or boot-up of the device.
  • the alternate default, wherein the network device 108 requests new configuration unless the button is pressed may alternatively be implemented in the device, but this default condition in not preferred because it would result in increased and unnecessary burden on the management side server 106 .
  • the software or firmware set state may equivalently be used to cause the network device 108 to request configuration information for the device (and for other devices that attach to the network through the primary (requesting) device.
  • the boot mode state is set to enable (either at the time the network device is manufactured and loaded with its software/firmware, or in preparation for device deployment or installation) so that when the network device is installed and powered on for the first time it will request configuration.
  • the boot mode state is set to disable so that the configuration information that had previously been loaded into the network device will be retained.
  • the boot mode state is only changed from enable to disable when configuration information was successfully loaded into the device.
  • pressing the recessed button while powered on but not during the boot-up or power-on phase will reset the network device to a predetermined configuration, such as for example a factory default or reset condition.
  • a database or look-up table information may be input into the database or look-up table at any time in advance of the time the configuration information is actually needed or requested. Therefore the information may be placed into the database or look-up table in the hours, days, weeks, or months preceding rollout of a system. This placement or storage of information may be done in non-real time so that it does not require the dedicated attention of an IT or network administrator. The determination, placement, and storage of the information or any part of component of the information may also be done by a third party or contractor. Certain information that is sensitive in nature may be added to the database or look-up table by a trusted entity at a later time.
  • Certain other conventional systems and methods may at first seem to be able to partially self-configure to a local set by pressing a button on an external surface of a device.
  • Such systems typically work by sensing 802.11 standard-compliant wireless signals that are locally present in the environment.
  • Devices including wireless access point devices made by the same company as a company that makes a wireless router may under some conditions be able to communicate with the wireless router and based on the mutual communication between the wireless router device and the wireless access point device, determine settings by which the two devices can communicate.
  • These system are not able to automatically send messages to a remote server over for example an Ethernet connection, request network configuration for themselves and optionally for other devices connected to them. Neither do such conventional devices or set-up methods provide the other features described herein.
  • the entity that is responsible for defining the configuration information may chose the most appropriate configuration information at the time.
  • the configuration information may be changed at the server from time to time as required or desired.
  • the network devices may themselves be controlled in a manner that new network device configuration information may be pushed or downloaded into the device as changes are required or desired, or the server or other entity may communicate a message or command to direct the network device to request updated, changed, or replacement configuration when they are next booted, or at a particular date and time, or according to other criteria.
  • DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol mechanism
  • the management side system configuration server may act to assign a fixed IP address to a requesting network device event when the network device is behaving properly and without problem with its DHCP based IP address. (It is also possible to permit a network device having a fixed IP address to acquire a DHCP IP address, but this scenario is not of particular interest here).
  • the network device communicates a request for configuration information to the server and the server receives that request in the manner described elsewhere in this specification.
  • the management side system may then examine certain fields, statements, or other data or indicators of or within the request message (or any attachment to the request message) to look at certain fields of the request.
  • These fields may for example include any one or combination of: a current IP address that the device is on, and an indicator that identifies whether the device has obtained its current IP address from DHCP or by static IP address configuration.
  • the management side system determines that the requesting network device has a static IP address and it wants the network device to continue to have a static IP address, then it may take no action so that static address remains unchanged or it may assign a different static IP address that will be communicated to the network device with its requested configuration information and used subsequently by the network device and the management side (including the management side server) for their communication.
  • the management side system determines that the requesting device is using a DHCP address and wants the network device to use a static IP address, it may send (to the DHCP IP address) the desired new static IP address for use by the requesting network device in the configuration information. The new static IP address will thereafter be used for communications between the network device and the management side server or other entities on the network.
  • the system and method therefore also include a management side intelligent component that for example permits the management side to recognize that an initial message (or even subsequent message) came to the management side server using a particular DHCP based IP address, sends out new network device configuration information to the requesting device using the then current particular DHCP based IP address, and then updates its records or information so that it will conduct future communications with the network device using the newly assigned static IP address that was included in the configuration information.
  • a management side intelligent component that for example permits the management side to recognize that an initial message (or even subsequent message) came to the management side server using a particular DHCP based IP address, sends out new network device configuration information to the requesting device using the then current particular DHCP based IP address, and then updates its records or information so that it will conduct future communications with the network device using the newly assigned static IP address that was included in the configuration information.
  • the network device itself (such as for example in a wireless network switch device), when it boots up, has to recognize when to go and request and then get its configuration information and when not to go get it.
  • the network device may not want to go and get the configuration again on every boot (although this operation is not precluded) or after every power failure that may occur. While this may not present any issues for either the device itself or the network or server, if every one of perhaps 200 network devices in a facility were to request new configuration information after a momentary power failure on a hot summer day, it would add to the network traffic burden on the network and on the processing and/or other content serving by the server.
  • a second position such as by being left in a non-pressed or extended position
  • This allows the network device, such as a switch to either use its existing configuration data set, or reset and fetch and obtain a new configuration data set (ā€œconfigā€) at any point or time.
  • config new configuration data set
  • computer program software commands may be used to alter the state of a stored flag, token, data item, or other logic to affect the same function as the physical switch.
  • a network administrator or other person or entity available that may be able to understand and make changes to the network device program or data stored within the network device either before the network device is sent to the installation site (pre-shipment boot mode setting) or at the installation site (pre-installation boot mode setting)
  • that person can utilize a command line interface (CLI) to set the network device into the automated configuration request mode (e.g., ā€œconfigure meā€ or ā€œdrop-shipā€ mode versus a retain existing configuration mode) so that the need to press a button during the power-on and automatic boot procedure is removed and it is only necessary to connect a network connection (such as for example an Ethernet cable) and apply electrical power, and otherwise the auto-configuration is completely automated and touchless.
  • CLI command line interface
  • the network device such as in a processor, ASIC, or other logic of the network device
  • this means that when the autoconfig ā€œenableā€ is set before shipping a replacement network device to a remote location where no or minimal technical support is available, it is only necessary to substitute the replacement unit for the failed unit, including unplugging and replugging a simple Ethernet cable and power cable.
  • the person performing th e replacement need have no technical knowledge or idea of what is happening. It is essentially as simple as plugging in a standard telephone handset.
  • this autoconfig setting is disabled so that the next time it boots it need not go out and request its configuration again.
  • this autoconfig is set to enable, it holds this setting until changed or reset so that the device will request its configuration each time it boots. This approach is not preferred as it would unnecessarily increase the burden on the network and the server.
  • a computer program and computer program product can include a program module having instructions and optional data and/or parameters for execution in a processing logic to carry out the inventive methods and procedures described herein.
  • the methods described herein and illustrated for example in FIG. 2 , FIG. 4 , and FIG. 5 may be performed as software executing within a processor or processing logic of the network device (device side procedure), with a processor or processing logic of the management side such as by a management side server computer (management side procedure), or by a combination of both of these.
  • a variety of types of processors, microprocessors, ASICs, and associated or coupled memory may be utilized in the management side server and network device to accomplish the required processing tasks.
  • the protocol used for the communications between the network device and the management side server is an XML-based protocol over http.
  • the inventive scheme may also or alternatively be used with different language or protocol, such as for example, but not limited to a SNMP, CMET or any other protocol and need not be performed with or limited to XML.
  • FIG. 6 depicts an example of a system 600 having partially autonomous local network devices associated with wide-area WLAN policy.
  • the system 600 includes a wireless local area network (WLAN) management engine 602 coupled to a first network 604 .
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the WLAN management engine 602 can manage network devices, such as wireless switches and access points (APs) on the first network 604 .
  • APs access points
  • the first network 604 is coupled to a wide area network (WAN) 606 .
  • the WAN 606 can include by way of example but not limitation the Internet.
  • the term ā€œInternetā€ as used in this paper refers to a network of networks which uses certain protocols, such as the TCP/IP protocol, and possibly other protocols such as the hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) for hypertext markup language (HTML) documents that make up the World Wide Web (the web).
  • HTTP hypertext transfer protocol
  • HTML hypertext markup language
  • the physical connections of the Internet and the protocols and communication procedures of the Internet are well-known to those of skill in the relevant art.
  • the WLAN management engine 602 is capable of wide-area WLAN management if it is able to manage WLANs across the WAN 606 .
  • a second network 608 is coupled to the first network 604 through the WAN 606 .
  • An AP controller 610 , an AP 612 , and network services engine 614 are coupled to the second network 608 . These components can colloquially be referred to as ā€œonā€ the second network 608 .
  • the WLAN management engine 602 can manage one or more of the network devices on the second network 608 .
  • the network devices on the second network 608 can be referred to as ā€œpartially autonomousā€ if the WLAN management engine 602 gives some autonomy to the network devices to operate without, e.g., authenticating at the WLAN management engine 602 .
  • the AP controller 610 can include a wireless switch and ā€œintelligenceā€ for the AP 612 . It is possible to include little or none of the functionality of the AP controller 610 in the AP 612 ; in such an implementation, the AP can be referred to as a ā€œdumb AP.ā€ It is possible to include some or all of the intelligence of the AP controller 610 in the AP 612 ; in such an implementation, the AP can be referred to as a ā€œsmart AP.ā€ For APs that have all of the intelligence of the controller, it is not necessary to have a controller. Thus, the AP controller 610 could be considered ā€œpart ofā€ the AP 612 in some cases. Some APs are ā€œsmarterā€ than others, depending upon the amount of functionality that could be put in a controller is put into the AP.
  • the AP controller 610 (and other network components, such as the AP 612 , if applicable) is physically placed at a site associated with the second network 608 .
  • physically placed what is meant is the second network 608 and the AP controller 610 are on a different side of the WAN 606 than the first network 604 and the WLAN management engine 602 .
  • the AP controller 610 (and other network components, such as the AP 612 , if applicable) is initially unconfigured when physically placed at the site associated with the second network 608 . Electrical operating power is applied to the network devices to initiate execution of a computer program sequence, the computer program sequence generating a message that includes a network device identification information and a request that a configuration data set for the network device be sent from the WLAN management engine 602 to the network device over the WAN.
  • the AP controller 610 (and other network components, such as the AP 612 , if applicable) can have a unique identifier that is encoded or otherwise represented by an electronic signature or digital data.
  • the WLAN management engine 602 When the WLAN management engine 602 receives a request with the unique identifier, the WLAN management engine 602 provides configuration data appropriate for the identified network device across the WAN 606 .
  • the WLAN management engine 602 once configured in this manner, traffic from the AP 612 to the second network 608 accessing network resources of the second network 608 need not utilize the WAN 606 .
  • the second network 608 can include a plurality of wireless transmit and/or receive nodes.
  • One such node will be referred to as the AP 612 in this paper, though it should be recognized that terminology will vary depending upon the technology and/or implementation.
  • the term ā€œAPā€ is typically not used.
  • IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers 802.11 standard
  • terms that are typically used in the 802.11 standard will be preferentially used in this paper when discussing wireless technology. It should be understood that different terminology may be used when referring to other wireless technology.
  • a station may be referred to as a device with a media access control (MAC) address and a physical layer (PHY) interface to the wireless medium that comply with the IEEE 802.11 standard. Since APs that comply with the 802.11 standard have these characteristics, an AP can normally be referred to as a station.
  • MAC media access control
  • PHY physical layer
  • a station can comply with any wireless standard or none at all, and may have any known or convenient interface to a wireless or other medium, though depending upon the standard, a station may be referred to as something other than a ā€œstation,ā€ and may have different interfaces to a wireless or other medium. Exhaustively listing every implementation of a station is difficult, but some examples include a laptop, a wireless telephone, portable digital assistant (PDA), a desktop computer, or any other applicable computing device capable of communication on a wireless network.
  • PDA portable digital assistant
  • an AP includes a hardware unit that acts as a communication hub by linking wireless mobile stations to a wired backbone network. This can, for example, enable APs to connect users to other users within the network and/or to serve as the point of interconnection between a wireless local area network (WLAN) and a fixed wire network.
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • the number of APs that are desirable for a given implementation can depend upon the desired size of a wireless domain. For example, it may be desirable to locate the APs such that they cover the entire area/space of a wireless domain.
  • the number of APs that are desirable for a given implementation can also depend upon whether data from the APs is used to get a snapshot of where stations, or a subset of the stations, are located within the wireless network; generally, the more APs, the better, though at some point there is likely to be diminishing returns.
  • An implementation of an AP includes a TRAPEZE NETWORKSĀ® MOBILITY POINTĀ® (MPĀ®) AP.
  • An implementation of a wireless domain provided by way of example but not limitation, includes a TRAPEZE NETWORKSĀ® SMART MOBILEĀ® (TRAPEZE SMART MOBILEĀ®) wireless domain.
  • an AP can typically transmit and receive data (and may therefore be referred to as a transceiver) using one or more radio transmitters.
  • an AP can have two associated radios, one which is configured for 5 GHz transmissions, and the other which is configured for 2.4 GHz transmissions. (Other bands are acceptable, too.)
  • APs transmit and receive information as radio frequency (RF) signals to and from a wireless station over an Ethernet connection.
  • RFs radio frequency
  • APs can transmit and receive information to and from their associated wireless exchange switches. Connection to a second wireless exchange switch provides redundancy.
  • An implementation of a wireless exchange switch provided by way of example but not limitation, includes a TRAPEZE NETWORKSĀ® MOBILITY EXCHANGEĀ® (MXĀ®) switch.
  • the network services engine 614 can provide network services to authorized stations that are coupled to the second network 608 .
  • the WLAN management engine 602 is on a first side of the WAN 606
  • the network services engine 614 is on a second side of the WAN 606 , the same side as the AP controller 610 and the AP 612 .
  • This distinction is relevant because, in an implementation, network devices such as the AP controller 610 are configured by the WLAN management engine 602 in accordance with a wide-area (or ā€œglobalā€) WLAN management system, but local network devices are at least partially autonomous after being configured. So traffic from the AP 612 to the second network 608 accessing network resources of the network services engine 614 do not utilize the WAN 606 .
  • a station 616 accesses network resources of the network services engine 614 through the AP 612 .
  • FIG. 7 depicts a flowchart 700 of an example of a method for deployment of partially autonomous network devices.
  • the flowchart 700 starts at module 702 with providing network resources attached to a second network, which is attached to a first network through a WAN, for use at a site associated with the second network.
  • the network resources may be provided by, for example, a network services engine.
  • the flowchart 700 continues to module 704 with physically placing an unconfigured network device at a site associated with the second network, wherein the network device includes a unique identifier.
  • the flowchart 700 continues to module 706 with applying operating power to generate a message including the unique identifier and a request that a configuration data set be sent to the network device over the WAN.
  • modules 706 and 708 facilitate wide-area WLAN policy at a WLAN management engine coupled to the first network.
  • the network device can configure itself in accordance with wide-area WLAN policy. It can then operate at least partially autonomously with respect to the WLAN management engine.
  • the flowchart 700 ends at module 710 with locally switching traffic from an AP to the second network accessing the network resources without utilizing the WAN.
  • locally what is meant is that the traffic is switched on the second network; there is no need to send traffic up to the WLAN management engine through the WAN.

Abstract

Automatically configuring network device, network system architecture, and method for configuring one or a plurality of devices on a network. Device and network system architectures and methods for automatically self-initiating and configuring one, a plurality, or hundreds of wired or wireless network devices. Autoconfiguring wireless Local Area Network switch and access point devices connected to the switch. Method for accessing remote server by a device to acquire device configuration information. Method for deploying a network including at least one network device at a facility without the participation of a person having knowledge of networks or network devices at the facility. Computer program and computer program product.

Description

CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
This application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 11/437,582, filed May 19, 2006, which is incorporated by reference. This application is related to co-pending U.S. patent application Ser. Nos. 11/437,537; 11/437,538; and 11/437,387, each of which was filed on May 19, 2006, and each of which is incorporated by reference.
BACKGROUND
Heretofore configuration of a network device or a multiplicity of network devices, such as a wired or wireless network switch and one or a constellation of access point devices and other devices and/or subsystems that may be directly or indirectly connected or coupled with the network switch, have presented economic and intellectual challenges to network administrators. These challenges may become particularly apparent when a network spans the world, particularly where headquarters staff, management systems, and network administrators responsible for initial network configuration, network configuration modification, and/or network expansion are located in a different time zone, speak a different language, or are separated from local network administrators by a wide area network (WAN), such as the Internet.
While configuring a network device is not an extraordinarily difficult task for a trained network administrator, it may require some understanding of network device characteristics, network configuration, and/or network software, and often an ability to diagnose and trouble-shoot non-functioning devices or the network, such e.g., when there are two network devices that for initially unknown reasons appear to have the same or conflicting IP addresses.
In some situations, it may be possible for a network administrator to consult with a somewhat technically untrained lay person, such as a worker on the floor of a factory or warehouse, an office administrator, or other non-technical person, to configure network devices by talking over the telephone perhaps with the help of a computer link, however doing so for more than a few devices or indeed for dozens or hundreds of devices would be so administratively time consuming and costly that it becomes impractical.
Another attempted solution has been to pre-configure network devices at a site where network administrators are resident before reshipping the network devices to a remote location where they will operate. This may sometimes be referred to a staging or partially staging the devices or network.
Another attempted solution has been to pre-configure the devices with required configuration information at a place of manufacture and ship directly to the remote site for installation. However, this requires expertise and higher cost associated with customization for each device, and does not solve the problem of further configuring additional devices in a device tree starting (or ending) from the configured device. Thus, this approach only partially satisfies the requirements for a static network configuration. In addition, it present a security problem since the configuration information including any security information required for access to the network would be exposed at the point of manufacture and susceptible to compromise.
These and other problems become particularly acute when the network device to be configured is a wireless network device and where non-secure communication of device configuration and/or protocols used by the device and network would expose the network to compromise and vulnerability to outside attack. For these and other reasons there remains a need for a device, network architecture, and methods for configuring one, a plurality of, or indeed hundreds of similar or different network devices that are simple, reliable, and secure.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
FIG. 1 depicts an example of a network device deployment system.
FIG. 2 depicts a flowchart of an example of requesting and receiving configuration information.
FIG. 3 depicts another example of a network device deployment system.
FIG. 4 is an illustration showing an embodiment of an exemplary management side procedure for causing a valid configuration to be retrieved from a storage in the management side server or generated by the management side server and sent to the remote network device.
FIG. 5 is an illustration showing an embodiment of an exemplary network device side procedure for causing a valid configuration to be received by and stored in the remote network device.
FIG. 6 depicts an example of a system having partially autonomous local network devices associated with wide-area WLAN policy.
FIG. 7 depicts a flowchart of an example of a method for deployment of partially autonomous network devices.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
Secure system, device, method and management side and device side procedures, as well as computer programs and computer program products that provides for the automated network configuration of network devices, are disclosed. Network devices may be of any type, such as wired or wireless network switches, network access points or mobility points, routers, and/or other network devices, subsystems, or the like that require or benefit from being automatically configured with a network device or subsystem configuration, but to avoid the repeated listing or enumeration of each possible network device of subsystem type throughout the description, embodiments of inventive aspects are primarily described relative to wireless network devices or switches. In one particular non-limiting embodiment the network device comprises an auto-configuring or self-configuring wireless network switch such as a wide area network (WAN) or local area network (LAN) switch.
Techniques described in this paper can give an ability to send a network device, such as a wireless network switch, to a local or remote site and permit a person without any particular skill or training to merely plug the device into a network connection, such as for example for an Ethernet cable to a plug-in connector (such as to an RJ-45 port connector) on the case or housing of the device, press a button while switching on or otherwise applying electrical power or initiating operation of the device, and as a result of these actions cause the device to send a message to a predetermined network server over the Ethernet network and in return receive a full and complete configuration information or data set (or a supplemental data set to augment what is present) to place the network device in operation on the network and not requiring any further interaction with the network or a network administrator. This methodology may be repeated for any number of such network devices and may even, for example, be repeated for hundreds of network devices and geographically diverse installation sites each being distant from the central or headquarters management side server. More than one server, though not required, may also optionally be incorporated into the system operation and/or configuration either for purposes of redundancy or capacity. Although a server is or may be described here as being the configuration server, it will be appreciated that the configuration information serving functionality may be provided by a dedicated configuration server or my a server that provides for various other content, data, and information serving functionality, as well as the configuration information serving.
FIG. 1 is an example of a system showing elements of the headquarters or management side system including a management side server having network configuration functionality and an exemplary network device. While the network device may be any applicable type of network device or subsystem, here the network device is shown as remote wireless network switch on an 802.11 network.
With reference to FIG. 1, there is illustrated a functional block diagram showing a simplified embodiment of the system 102. In this configuration, a network management system 104, which includes a management server 106 having a device configuration server functionality, may be coupled for communication over a network, such as the Internet 120, to a network device 108, here shown as a first remote wireless network device 1. Systems, servers, and other devices can be referred to as engines. As used in this paper, an engine includes a processor and, typically, firmware or software modules that are executed by the processor. Depending upon implementation-specific or other considerations, an engine can be centralized or its functionality distributed. An engine can include special purpose hardware, firmware, or software embodied in a computer-readable medium for execution by the processor. As used in this paper, a computer-readable medium is intended to include all mediums that are statutory (e.g., in the United States, under 35 U.S.C. 101), and to specifically exclude all mediums that are non-statutory in nature to the extent that the exclusion is necessary for a claim that includes the computer-readable medium to be valid. Known statutory computer-readable mediums include hardware (e.g., registers, random access memory (RAM), non-volatile (NV) storage, to name a few), but may or may not be limited to hardware. Hardware computer-readable mediums may be referred to as ā€œtangible computer-readable mediums.ā€ As used in this paper, ā€œcomputer-readable storage mediumsā€ are mediums capable of storing data in a non-ephemeral fashion, which includes both volatile and non-volatile storage.
It will be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that typically, a network will include a plurality of network devices 1, 2, . . . , N and that a single network device is shown here to simplify the description. It will also be appreciated that when there are a plurality of network devices, the network devices may be of different types or have different software versions or characteristics or functional requirements and may require different configuration information. In this embodiment the remote wireless network device 108 is a wireless network switch. Network switch 108 may as shown here be coupled to one or a plurality of access points 132 which may themselves couple to one or more devices 134, 136 such as for example notebook computers, personal data assistants (PDAs), printers, or any other network device. For example, the management server may be but is not limited to a RingmasterĀ® Server made by Trapeze Networks of Pleasanton, Calif.
Remote wireless network device 108 may include storage 110 for a remote device identifier, which storage may store one or more parameters that may uniquely, or even locally with the network, identify the physical or hardware device within the system 102. Remote wireless network device 108 also includes logic or processor 112 and program information for booting the network device 108 either with a new configuration information or when desired or required maintaining persistently the configuration that is already been stored in the network device 108. Typically the processor will include a coupled internal or external RAM memory. A configuration information persistent or non-volatile storage 126 is provided for storing configuration information. Persistent storage for program instructions and/or other parameters, including for example a network configuration information source identifier from which the network device will obtain its configuration. Clearly, if the network device has not previously stored network configuration information than it may be required that the network device 108 the loaded with new configuration information before the device is able to function properly on the network.
In an implementation, configuration information in the network device that was previously loaded is maintained when the network device 108 boots or is reset. Whenever a button 116 is pressed during boot or optional reset procedure, or when an optional autoconfiguration=ā€œenableā€ state is set by or in software and the state stored prior to booting, a sequence of events is initiated during which the network device requests from network management system 104 a configuration information (ā€œconfigure meā€) request 122 and subsequently receives a configuration information item or information set requested 124 from the network management system 104. The boot or mode state 114 provides storage and an indicator so that at the time the network device boots a query may be made of this state so that the appropriate decision to request new configuration information or to maintain persistently the old configuration information may be known. The state may be stored in a memory or may be indicated directly by other physical property such as the state (for example, open or closed, or high or low impedance, high or low voltage, or the like) of a switch, line, or other physical element. The network device is programmed to take or execute different paths and execute different boot sequences depending upon the state of the boot mode state 114 stored. In at least one embodiment, the network device is capable of autonomous operation.
The invention is not limited to any particular configuration information item or set of configuration information. For example, it may be possible to request only a single configuration information item or a plurality of configuration information items. The configuration information can be referred to as a configuration data set, and this is understood to possibly be a single data item or a plurality of data items. Configuration information or data sets may be complete such as may be needed in an unconfigured network device or partial or supplemental such as may be need in an incompletely configured network device or where although complete, the configuration information in a network device needs to be changed or updated.
The request can include, by way of example but not limitation, a device Internet protocol (IP) address, a device class, a device site, a device location, a network mask (netmask), a network identifier, a device type to be configured, a software version identifier, a firmware version identifier, a data of manufacture, a DHCP source indicator, a pre-configuration fixed address indicator, a serial identifier (SID), and any combination of these. The software, firmware, or device hardware version tells what server what the device is capable of or can do, so that version based configuration information may be provided and is primarily (but not exclusively) of benefit for policy based configuration, as different versions may have different or advanced features not available or operable in other versions. When device identification based configuration is used, the device identifier such as the device serial number may provide unambiguous information as to any one or combination of hardware, software, and firmware characteristics of the network device.
In alternative implementations or configurations, different information or data can be provided in any particular configuration information or configuration data set that is requested by and subsequently sent to a network device.
The configuration information or data set should be sufficient to permit a client device or user to be able to connect with or otherwise access the network in the manner intended. Where for example, the access to the network is to be via a wireless connection and the network device is a wireless switch, the client device such as a notebook computer or other information appliance will access the network wirelessly via a wireless access point device, and the wireless access point device will be coupled with the network switch either via a wired or wireless connection or communications link. In this exemplary situation, configuration information concerning the access point radio-frequency or other radios (either via the so called networks supported by the access point in the context of Microsoft Windows operating system environments, or more generally in the context of SSIDs) should be provided as well as configuration information as to the identities of persons, users, user IDs, machine IDs, or other entities that should be allowed to or disallowed from connecting to the network via the network device (such as through the access point and switch).
The configuration information sent to a network switch can include configuration information for the access point or access points that communicate with the network through the switch. In another embodiment, the configuration information or data set defines how to configure these access point devices. In another embodiment, the configuration information or data set defines how to verify a user or client device. In still another embodiment, the configuration information or data set may define relationships of a one network device (e.g., a first switch) to another network device (e.g., a second switch) or to a plurality of switches to each other.
Relationships may for example, take into account mobility domains where a mobility domain is a collection of switches that know about each other and about each others sessions. Mobility domains may be provided for the purpose of permitting hand-offs during roaming or physical movement of the device or other devices coupled with the network device such as client machines possibly including computers, PDAs, and the like. Relationships are valuable so that they permit relationships and hand-offs if moving around from place to place. In this way the system and network can also provide virtual LANs with the user and client device staying on the same VLAN even though roaming through an area.
In one embodiment, where the network device comprises a switch, the access point and switch are configured to permit all client devices that can find the network or SSID to connect to it. Frequently, access points will broadcast their network identifier and/or SSID. Therefore in a situation where the owner, operator, or other network administrator entrusted with controlling access to the particular network had chosen to permit all users that wanted or requested access to the network, such as to a default LAN or virtual LAN (VLAN), to be able to access the network, then the configuration information may advantageously specify that any user of user's machine may connect to and have access over the network via that access point and switch.
More typically, the network administrator may choose to restrict access to the network. In this situation, the configuration information or data set sent to the device (the network switch and access points, in this example) will specify the identities of potential client devices that are permitted access.
In this situation, it may be desirable to provide configuration information about, by way of example but not limitation, what client devices or users of client devices can be validated to the network, what wireless protocols are enabled, any authentication information, a new fixed IP address if the IP address that had been used had been established by a DHCP or other entity, and/or any other information, parameters, or data that it is useful or advantageous for the network device or other devices coupled with it to have for purpose of the intended operation.
Essentially, sufficient configuration information needs to be present on the network device to permit getting clients (such as for example wireless clients) onto the network or SSID that they belong on (and not on other networks or SSIDs that they don't belong on) with the correct level of security (if any).
Access points (APs) broadcast the networks (in a Microsoft Windows based context) or SSID (in more general wireless networking context) that they support. In general, each access point radio can broadcast a single SSID or any number or plurality of SSIDs. The access points and/or clients connected to the SSIDs broadcast the SSID and broadcast the attributes of the network (such as dot1X, key authentication, and the like or other attributes). The attributes broadcast by the client device need to match or at least have common elements with the attributes of the switch to which the client devices connect to the network and may further need to be able to match these and/or other credentials to determine if the client device should be allowed on that network (SSID). The storage and/or matching of the parameters or attributes may be done on a server or locally. If the switch does not know about the user and/or the user's client device, then it cannot perform this look-up and matching, so that in embodiments where access is controlled in some way, the configuration information that is sent to the network device may include user or client access attributes or configuration information.
Configuration information may also specify relationships amongst network devices, such as switches, so that for example a roaming user or client device can maintain proper connection to the network even though the client device is moving from the radio range of one access point and/or switch to another one so that communication hand-off from one to the other may occur seamlessly, while at the same time not permitting hand-off or connection to a network that the user or client device is not entitled to connect to in spite of the device being in good radio frequency range of the access point or switch for that network or SSID.
It will be appreciated that in both of these exemplary situations, one involving unlimited access and one involving limited access, the configuration information or data set includes some client or other user identity information. However, in the event that the network device may be partially programmed or staged to specify either permitted or prohibited access, even this information or data need not be included within the configuration information that is sent to the requesting network device. It will be appreciated that the examples described herein provide structures and methods for a device to send a request for configuration information and to receive configuration information back from a different device or system, such as from a sever computer via a network, whatever that configuration information may be. It may also be desirable to confirm, update, check for updates, or validate all or only a portion of configuration information or data that was previously stored to the network device. The system is not necessarily limited to any particular configuration information or configuration data set, nor to the manner in which the configuration information was generated or stored.
It will be apparent that the configuration information request message may request any information and the server's response to the message may be full, partial, or a single configuration update to a stored configuration in the requesting network device. The configuration information sent may also be completely controlled by the centralized (or distributed) configuration distribution authority represented in the descriptions here as the management side configuration server.
FIG. 2 depicts a flowchart of an example of a procedure for a network device requesting and receiving a configuration information or data set from a system management configuration server. The procedure begins at step 141 and thereafter the remote network device (for example a network switch) requests configuration information from the management system (step 142). Next, management system determines the proper or appropriate remote device configuration information and communicates its to the requesting remote device (step 143). The remote device then receives a configuration information for itself and may optionally but advantageously also receive configuration information for any attached devices, such as for example for one or more access points coupled with the remote network switch (step 145). Finally, the remote device and network use the configuration information sent or pushed down to the remote device for further operation on the network (step 145), upon which the procedure ends (step 146). Where network device information is sent to and/or used by the management side server, the network information may be either or a combination of a network device hardware information, a network device software information, a network device location information, a network device requester information, any other parameter that identifies a basis for establishing an operable configuration, and/or any combination of these.
It may be appreciated in light of the description provide here that the when the requesting network device sends its request message out, upon receipt the management system performs either a configuration data base look up or a configuration information generation based on one or more of the network device identification, network configuration policies, and/or on the basis of any combination of these with possible other factors. In doing the look-up or generation, the management side system may take into account the existing preconfigured policies, rules, preferences, existing configuration, legacy devices and/or any other parameters or characteristics that may or should impact the network device configuration, on the network that the management side or central administration has set up. It will create the right configuration that needs to be sent back to the network device. To the network device, it looks like it received its full configuration. For example, the full configuration for a network device that is or includes a network switch may include configuration information as to how to run its access points (APs) or mobility points (MPs), what SSIDs (service set identifiers) to provide, what Virtual Local Area Networks (VLANs) to configure, who to allow access to and what that access should be, and any other information that provides the desired operation of the configured device. These are merely non-limiting examples of the type of configuration information that a network device such as a switch might receive.
The description provided relative to an exemplary system configuration in FIG. 1, and an overview of the methodology presented in FIG. 2, provide an overview of examples of techniques described in this paper. Additional description is provided hereinafter that describes alternative configurations for both the management system 104 the network device, such as a remote wireless network device 108, as well as various embodiments of the overall method for communicating between the management system and the remote network devices including procedures executing within the management system alone, procedures executed within a remote wireless network device alone, and additional procedures that include components executed by a combination of the management system 104 and one or more of a plurality of remote wireless network devices 108.
With reference to FIG. 3, there is illustrated and additional embodiment of the inventive system showing both management systems side structure 104, and intermediate network such as the Internet 120, and a plurality of network devices 108-n where the or each of the plurality of network devices 108-m is a remote wireless network device. Advantageously, the wireless devices may conform to one of the WI-FI or 802.11 wireless protocols, though a limitation to only to this protocol or to extensions, enhancements, and improvements to this protocol is not necessarily required.
Various features are now described, including, but not limited to inventive aspects that are particularly useful when replacing a failed network device, application of the methods and structures of inventive aspects to the rollout or deployment and configuration of new sites having hundreds of network devices to be configured, inventive aspects pertaining to central control and/or policy-based control of network device configuration, inventive aspects pertaining to novel characteristics of the physical hardware switch itself, inventive aspects that are particularly advantageous when scaling the method to large numbers of devices, inventive aspects pertaining to mutual device security authentication and encryption, application of the method not only to configuration of the device but also to the tree or hierarchy of other devices coupled with the configured device, inventive aspects applicable to maintaining a persistent or sticky configuration, inventive aspects pertaining to flexibility in choosing and pushing either a hardware based configuration or a policy-based configuration to the device, and of course application of the automated set-up and configuration procedures to drop-shipped network devices. These aspects may be combined and used synergistically in various ways.
Attention is now directed to some exemplary applications of the inventive system, device, and method where techniques described in this paper have particular advantages.
One common situation in the networking space is to have a network device fail, such as a network switch. This failure can be particularly problematic at a remote site where no network administrator or IT professional is available. In an implementation, a device identifier (and/or network policies) used to determine the configuration information that is to be sent to or pushed to replacement device. Under this replacement scenario, it would be possible to have a network device vendor or manufacturer pull a box containing the replacement device off of their inventory shelf, and without opening the box or performing any configuration of the device, drop ship a replacement network device using for example an express delivery service, directly from the manufacturer or vendor to the replacement site. At the same time, the manufacturer or vendor may inform the buyer as to the device identifier so that an entry may be made into the configuration information database ready for configuration information retrieval when it receives a request. Anyone at the replacement site then opens the box, disconnects the Ethernet cable from the failed network device, reconnects the Ethernet cable into the receptacle on the replacement device, plugs in electrical power (if an on-off switch is provided on the device) and at the time the on-off switch is switched from an off state to an on state, holds down the boot mode button on the device so that the replacement network device sends a message to the management side server requesting configuration information.
It will also be appreciated that implementations may utilize a combination of network device identity and policies to determine one or any set of network device configuration information, and that as with either identity based configuration or policy based configuration, the use of a combination of identity and policy based configuration may be implemented by pre-computing and storing such configuration in a database, computing it in real-time or substantially real time or dynamically determining configuration information upon receipt of a request for such configuration information or data set, or by any combination of pre-stored and real-time or dynamically determined configuration. Dynamically determined information for one device may even be stored and used or partially reused for a similar configuration with any necessary changes being made to customize the configuration information to the new request or requester.
The replacement network device knows to send its message to a particular server at a particular IP address location because at least in one embodiment, it is programmed at the time of manufacture (or if staged in advance of shipment, when being staged) to connect to a particular notorious DNS Domain Name System (or Service or Server), an Internet service that translates domain names into IP addresses.
More particularly, finding and ultimately connecting to a source of configuration information, such as a configuration information server, may be implemented in a variety of ways. In one embodiment, a particular name is identified to the network device, and that name is looked up or queried in the context of the local network or other defined network.
For example, in one non-limiting embodiment, when the network device powers-up and begins to boot or on a reset boot or other initiation phase, and is activated in an autoconfiguration mode, if it does not have an IP address (or optionally, even if it does) it sends a DHCP request to a DHCP server to obtain a first or a new IP address (because it may not have an IP address when it wakes up for the first time), it will also be assigned or otherwise be identified with a default router, and it will be assigned or otherwise identified to a DNS server, and finally according to one embodiment it will receive a domain name from the DHCP server. Alternatively, some or all of these may be preconfigured into the network device, such as at the time of manufacture or during some pre-deployment staging phase. This alternative mode may be useful if there is a possibility where their will be no DHCP server available or accessible during the setup, deployment, or roll-out.
Next, a domain name lookup is performed on the server that has been identified to the network device as the sever to query during the autoconfiguration using a well known or other identified or notorious name appended to or pre-pended to the domain name. In one implementation this well known name is ā€œwlanconfigserver,ā€ but the choice of name itself is not important. Furthermore, one does not actually have to know the address; it is enough to use the domain name to find the appropriate server.
That domain name will have or identify a valid IP address that applies to the particular DNS domain. DNS is an acronym for Domain Name System (or Service or Server), which is an Internet service that translates domain names into IP addresses. Because the DNS system is actually a network onto itself, if one DNS server doesn't recognize or know a particular domain name, it asks another DNS server, and so on, until the correct IP address is found.
The requesting network device is instructed to use this name to find the server. Typically, the network administrator or information technology (IT) group will have added that name with an address into their local DNS database. In this way, only the name is needed and the name can identify the address that locates the server. This DNS mechanism may readily be set up form a central or headquarters site and then sent out to various proxy servers if they exist so that this process as well may readily be accomplished remotely from the location of the device installation or deployment.
The known or notorious name (or other identifier) is programmed or otherwise loaded or stored into the network device before deployment, and an address is obtained during deployment (during the autoconfiguration process) by looking up the address based on the name using a DNS lookup. The DNS lookup is performed by the DNS server that was identified or provided by the DHCP server, and the domain name is provided by the DHCP server.
When, a situation arises when the name is not available in the DNS server then at least this portion of the process would need to be preconfigured (such as prior to shipment or during a staging phase) so that the remaining configuration may be obtained from the server over the network. Note that in this example, all of the network devices may be preconfigured with the same name information so that batch preconfiguration using a relatively simple procedure, small data set, and low skill level personal may be utilize when desired.
In another embodiment, the manufacturer or vendor may advantageously open the network device shipping box and program the network device to send a message to an IP address or server identified by the entity purchasing the replacement network device. In yet another embodiment, where the entity needing to replace a failed network device, maintains an inventory of spares, the entity may program a replacement network device so that it knows what IP address to contact to reach the central or other management side server for each of the spares, the entity may then simply pull a spare out of their inventory and ship it in the same manner to the site where it is needed. As the programming may be done in advance of the need for the replacement, there is no urgency involved, and typically no reason for a network administrator or IT professional to become involved. Note that it is only the IP address of the server to contact that need be programmed or otherwise stored in the replacement network device, and that the other configuration information is still downloaded to the device when it is installed. Therefore the network administrator may for example, purchase ten switches to use as replacement spares, program each with the server IP address to use with the request, and put them back on the spares shelf until needed. No customization for their ultimate location is required as each will obtain full configuration information upon receiving a response to its request once installed.
Once the management side server receives the request message it optionally authenticates the requesting network device (such as an initial authentication using the network device unique hardware ID), and sends the configuration information to the requesting network device. Therefore, it will be appreciated that virtually no expertise is needed to configure the replacement network device.
Although it may be desirable to configure the device based on the device identifier, in some implementations it may not be advantageous to set-up or configure the device based for example on the device serial number, security identifier (SID), or other identifier associated with the physical hardware. Even though this may be possible to do so, it may not be as efficient as other methods for replicating the configuration of the previous failed device. This is a legitimate approach, as well as the approach that may be preferred in a number of network configuration situations.
However in other instances, when such failure occurs, it may be preferable that the replacement device be set up exactly the same (or substantially the same when some hardware, firmware, or software version variation requires or benefits from some incremental change to that set up) as a failed device it replaces. In one implementation, there may be a set of network configuration policies that are used in whole or part to set-up, configure, and operate network devices. These policies may also take into account a particular device identifier or may utilize device type or other characteristics. Therefore, according to one embodiment, rather than tying configuration of the replacement device to a physical identifier associated with the device, the configuration of a failed device replacement device may be tied to the physical place or location or alternatively to the policies applied to devices in that location or environment so that it has the proper operation and association with the environment and other devices in that physical place or environment. It will be appreciated, that characteristics of the device itself may also be taking into account by the policies that are applied to the configuration and operation of the device. [0063] One of the attributes of the network typically associated with a physical place are the subnet addresses and the Internet protocol addresses that are associated with the location and the subnet. Using this localized information, the replacement device may be configured based on the standard policies (or optionally on customized policies) applied to devices of the same or similar type in that location or environment. Different devices such as wireless network switches may receive different configuration information than wireless routers or access points, but it may be the policies that determine within a type or class of device what the configuration should be not the individual device identifier itself. Location may for example mean a particular company office location or building, a particular city or other political jurisdiction, a particular operation such as a research laboratory in a research and development complex versus a warehouse facility collocated in the same complex. Security features, possibly including network access lists, may also be a form of policy based configuration. Therefore the idea of place or location relative to policies may also be different functional activities at the same location.
The ability to configure a network device based either on its physical identity, or one the basis of network policies applied to devices at the location, or even a combination of device identity and policies, each give added benefits and alternative flexibility.
Embodiments of the network device, such as a wireless network switch may interoperates with the server, such as the RingMasterā„¢-based server and network software made by Trapeze Networks of Pleasanton, Calif., or with other servers and/or software to configure the devices and bring up the configured network devices and the network system automatically.
In one implementation, system, device, and method are provided to permit automatic and touch-free or substantially touch-free configuration of a network device at a location to be configured to operate on the network without the on-site participation or involvement of a technician, information technologist (IT) administrator or other trained professional. Touch-free operation means that the installer of the network device only needs to connect the network device to a communication link, such as a wired or wireless Ethernet or other network that can reach a source of configuration. This information source may typically be a network server (such as the management side server already described) and the network will be or include the Internet connected to the network device using an Ethernet cable or wireless equivalent. Once the network device has been connected to a network that can reach or connect to the configuration information source and power is applied to the network device so that it boots its operating program for operation as its particular type of network device, such as a network switch, the network device is programmed to contact its configuration information source and get its configuration information and then self install on the network without any other assistance or intervention. In another embodiment, someone must press (and optionally hold) a button or switch or other electrical or mechanical means for altering a logic state so that the network device will be instructed to contact the source of configuration information rather than use the already stored configuration information (if any) within the network device memory or logic.
This aspect is particularly advantageous in situations where for example, a network device at a location remote from a headquarters facility where the IT administrator or other IT technicians are resident has failed and needs to be replaced, or where a large number of network devices need to be rolled out in a new facility and even where an IT administrator or technician may be sent and made available, the travel and on-site time involved and the resulting costs increase the time involved to complete network roll out. Given these two extreme situations, one situation involving a single failed network device that requires replacement and the other situation requiring installation and configuration of an entire network either at a site where one or more IT professionals are available or where none are available, it will become apparent in light of the description provided herein that the inventive system, device, and method may be applied to situations that are intermediate between these two exemplary situations.
As the structure of the inventive network device may be replicated to an unlimited number of devices (such as a few hundred or a few thousand at a time in practical terms), a management side network server may be configured to interoperate with any number of such devices for the purpose of configuring the device(s), and as the method, procedures, and communications involved in configuring a device may typically involve the management side network server and a single network device at a time, implementations are first described relative to a single network device. It will then be appreciated in light of the description provided herein that the system may be extended to include and interoperate with any plurality of devices, including for example systems having only a few devices, to network configurations that have tens, hundreds, or even thousands of devices. Furthermore, the network devices to be configured may be of different physical types, may require different network configurations, and may be at different physical locations, to name only a few of the possible variations.
Two primary strategies for configuring a network device are described herein. The first strategy involving configuration of the network device based on a physical characteristic of the device, such as for example, a device serial number, a device IP address, a secure ID, or any other identifier associated with the physical hardware of the network device. This configuration approach is referred to as identity-based configuration or IBC. The second strategy involves configuration of the network device based on an applicable network policy or policies, where for example, the policies may be specific to the location where the network device is being installed or replaced. The network policies may also take into account the network device type, and/or other physical or functional aspects of the network device. This second configuration based at least in part on network or management policies is referred to as policy based configuration (PBC). One or a plurality of policies may be utilized in selecting, generating, or otherwise determining the configuration information or data set to be sent to a particular network device (the primary network device) and such policy or policies may also be used to determine the configuration information or data set sent via a particular network (a primary network device) to other devices, possibly including other network devices (secondary devices or secondary network devices), that are connected with or coupled to the network device. As an example, a access point device is a secondary network device to a network switch which is a primary network device.
Both identity-based configuration and policy-based configuration share some common structural, functional, and operational aspects so that to the extent possible, both will be described together with differences described as required. It will however be apparent that the policy-based configuration approach has some distinct advantages over identity-only based approaches. It is believed that this descriptive approach will provide the reader with the best understanding inventive aspects as well as an appreciation for variations that the techniques described in this paper support.
Recall that with reference to the example of FIG. 1, an implementation includes two principal hardware components, a network device 108 that requires configuration information 126, and the server 104 or other source of configuration information 107 that the network device 108 can contact over a communications link 124 such as the Internet or other network to request 122 configuration information 124 stored (for example based on a device identity) or generated (for example, based on predetermined or dynamically determined policies) at the server so that it can be sent over the communication link to the particular network device 108 making the request.
FIG. 3 is an illustration showing an embodiment of a wireless network device having a recessed mode selector button exposed on an outer surface of the switch so that a person may either leave the switch in a first position to maintain a persistently stored configuration in the device or to press the button during a power-on, boot, or other reset procedure to cause the device to request a new configuration data or information.
With reference to FIG. 3, an alternative embodiment to the system illustrated in FIG. 1 is shown having additional management system 204 and device 108 detail shown. The FIG. 3 embodiment includes structures that may in some instances only operate or be present with the identity-based configuration (IBC) such as the configuration storage database and look-up table, or only with the policy-based configuration (PBC) embodiment such as the configuration and policy-based configuration generator 210 so that either of these may be seen as being optional elements; however in some implementations both are present so that the network administrator has several options and flexibility to choose the option that best suits the network device configuration at the time. It may also be noted that the system and device may optionally provide for manual configuration of any network device through either the server or through a local interface to the device.
An embodiment of the inventive method for configuring a device is now described from the perspective of the network device 108 relative to FIG. 4. As described earlier, one of the benefits of the inventive system device and method is ability to connect and configure a network device to the network without the involvement of a skilled or trained IT administrator. It may be desirable to configure a network device with the only requirements to connect the physical network device to the network such as to the Ethernet and to power on the device (step 304). Next, the procedure reads the internal device configuration boot mode state (step 306). The boot mode state determines whether the network device 108 already has and stores a configuration information that the device wants to retain and utilize or that the network device 108 has no configuration information or wishes to obtain an updated or new configuration information. In an implementation, the boot mode state is a flag, bit, byte, or any other indicator capable all of identifying a first and second states. If the indicator identifies a first state then the device will take actions to request and obtain new configuration information from an external source such as the management system 204 side server 206. However, if the indicator identified the second state then the device will not request configuration information and will retain the configuration information it already has and stores.
When the boot mode state indicator is in the second state indicating that the device does not needed to obtain updated our new configuration information device side procedure 302 provides that the network device 108 is ready to operate on the network and uses they persistently stored old configuration information for continued operation in the network (step 320) and a device side procedure ends (step 330).
When the boot mode state indicator is in the second state indicating that the device needs to obtain initial, updated, or new configuration information and request for configuration from the actual system is sent (step 310). In an implementation, the request for configuration is sent using a ā€œconfigure meā€ message to the management systems side server 206. Optionally, but advantageously communications between the network device 108 and the management system 204 are conducted using certificate based or other authentication (step 322) as well as encryption 312 (at least for sensitive information) for the messages passed between the network device and the management side system.
It may be appreciated that authentication (step 322) and encryption (step 312) are important for maintaining a secure network because the configuration information itself as well as the protocols used on the network contain or may contain secret information such as keys and the like that if intercepted and known by others would subject the network to attack and compromise. It will however be appreciated that neither authentication nor encryption are required for operation of the inventive system, device, or method and that they are optional features a prudent network architecture and administrator would implement to protect the network.
There is authentication and encryption that can be enabled in a mutual sense. For example, mutual authentication on both sides can prevent someone outside coming in and sucking down configuration data from the management server. The management side server uses a certificate based authentication of the network device to make sure that only network devices that are trusted by the management server based on the certificate authority certificate are allowed in to talk to or otherwise communicate with the management server and more particularly to request the configuration information by sending the ā€œconfigure meā€ message to the server. On the reverse direction (when the management system talks to the network device), an encryption based on secure socket layer (SSL) may be used and in this case an authentication based on a username and password scheme may be implemented to make sure the management scheme that is configuring the network device is allowed to do so. This may be done by an administrator once so that the management system already knows what the credentials are for the management system to be able to securely configure the network device. Therefore, it will be appreciated that not only does the inventive system, device, and method provide for a great deal of flexibility in the configuration of network devices, but it may also operate in an environment were security is maintained and mutual server/device authentication with encryption on all or a defined subset of the messages may be provided.
The network device 108 will then wait for the management systems side server 206 to respond and said the requested configuration information. It may be noted that the management systems side server 206 may store the configuration information 208 in the same form or in a somewhat different form they and the form in which it is communicated to network device 108 and that network device 108 may yet and still store the received configuration information and a different form or format band that in which it was received. The management system 204 may also or alternatively have and store different configuration information from which the configuration information that is sensed two and Stored by network device 108 is derived. Independent of possible differences between the configuration information available for a network device on the management systems side server 206 and the configuration information stored and used by network device 108, it will be appreciated that the configuration information received by and stored within the network device completely satisfies its need for configuration information so that the network device is able to operate in its intended manner on the network.
In the event that the configuration information requested is not received within a predetermined time inventive device side procedure 302 may submit a new request or query for the information (step 314) and continued to monitor receipt of the requested configuration information and/or make new request for the configuration information until that request is satisfied. The device side procedure 302 may also optionally but advantageously require authentication (step 324) from the server for any configuration information received, and may require decryption when the configuration information and/or accompanying message were encrypted. Encryption, decryption, and certificate authority based authentication procedures are known in the art and are not described in additional detail here.
Once the configuration information has been received the configuration information is stored (step 318) into a memory or other storage in the network device 108. Subsequently, the configuration information may be retrieved and used as required for operation of the network device (step 320), and the device side procedure 302 and (step 330).
The corresponding management side procedure 401 is now described relative to FIG. 5. It'll be understood that prior to the management side system 204 having an ability to serve or otherwise send or communicate the configuration information to the requesting network device, the configuration information must be available on the management systems side server 206 (except that according to an alternative embodiment, the configuration information may be generated on-the-fly or in real-time or substantially in real-time upon receiving the request). Therefore the management side procedure 401 includes the step of preparing and storing a database, which may be a lookup table database, that identifies the configuration information for each physical network device ID (step 401).
In the alternative embodiment where configuration information is determined or provided based on network policies, the database for example may include or utilize one or plurality of policies that are used to provide or generate an appropriate configuration information for a requesting network device based on the network policies and parameters associated with the requesting network device. For example, parameters that may be used in conjunction with policies might include, but are not limited to, and location parameter, a device type parameter, a device class parameter, an office or location specific function parameter, or any other parameter or characteristic of the network device, network device site, network device location, or any combination of these parameters, it may be used in conjunction with policy to determine the most appropriate configuration information to retrieve from a storage or to generate on-the-fly for use by a network device.
The network having either stored network device configuration information prior to receiving request, or having an ability to generate an appropriate network device configuration for a requesting network device is in a position to send, preferably and a push mode to the requesting the network device, configuration information to the network device once a configuration quest has been received (step 403). Therefore, the server essentially waits in a loop for configuration request to be received (step 403), and when a receives requests to configure a device (step 45) it may optionally authenticate the received request (step 407) and then determine if the requesting device should be sent a configuration information based on a network device identity ID (step 409) or based on a network policy (step 411). For either the identity-based configuration (IBC) or the policy-based configuration (PCB) the configuration information to be provided may be either obtained by a database lookup procedure or by a configuration information generation procedure where the generation is performed only upon receipt of the configuration information request.
Identity-based configuration (IBC) uses an identifier that is unique to the device to identify an appropriate configuration either from an existing database that has been generated receiving the request for configuration, or to generate an appropriate configuration for the requesting device after the request for configuration information has been received by the server. In one embodiment, the policy-based configuration (PBC) primarily relies upon one or more pre-defined or dynamically determined policies that specify how for example different network device types, classes, or other parametrically defined groups of network devices are to be configured in a consistent (or even different) manner when deployed or rolled out at for example, different office locations of a corporation, different functional groups within a corporation or business, or according to any other rule set or policies.
In one embodiment the unique identifier may be selected as one or any combination of identifiers selected from the set of identifiers consisting of a device serial number, an internet protocol IP address, a Media Access Control (MAC) address, a Service Set Identifier (SSID), and any combination of two or more of these.
Independent of the type of configuration information to be sent, the configuration information is optionally but advantageously encrypted so as to prevent unauthorized interception and access to the configuration information (which may include secret information such as keys, protocols, or the like) by unauthorized parties (step 419). Finally, the management side system server sends the configuration information to requesting device (step 421) optionally but advantageously with authentication. Encryption and/or authentication are both particularly advantageous when any of the information may be communicated over an insecure link, for example over the Internet 120 or other unsecure or external communication infrastructure. Neither authentication nor encryption are required, though a prudent network administration would normally choose at least to encrypt and typically to require mutual management side and device side authentication.
The management side server may optionally wait for an knowledge receipt of the sent configuration information by the requester (step 423) and then the management side procedure for one and its (step 430).
In an implementation, a configuration success indication may optionally by advantageously be provided. In one embodiment, when the management side system receives the request for configuration from the remote network device, it immediately or within a predetermined period of time, transitions a management state of the remote network device such that a network operator, administrator, or other entity (human or machine) receives an indication of success or failure of the remote network device request. The end effect is that the operator will see the site have a first state (e.g., success state) or go ā€œgreenā€ if the auto-configuration request and respond exchange was successful, or have a second state (e.g., failure state) and go ā€œredā€ if the request and respond exchange failed. In one embodiment, a network map may be generated and optionally displayed via a graphical user interface or other graphical, symbolic, or text showing the success or failure status of the network devices. The management system also optionally provides a list of failed remote requests and allows the user to diagnose these.
In an implementation, where a plurality of network devices may request configurations information from the management side configuration server 106, the management side configurations server may establish a queue so that requests for configuration information are placed into the queue in their order of receipt, and each request is handled serially so that the first configuration information request is placed at the head of the queue and for which configuration information is sent to the requesting network device first, then each request is handled in turn in their order of receipt. Other implementations may for example provide for some prioritization so that certain requests determined to have a higher priority are handled out of order relative to their order of receipt. Prioritization based on any number of factors may be implemented. For example, the server may be able to identify request for configuration it should receive a higher priority based on such indicators as the device identifier, the Internet protocol address from which the request was received, and/or other factors. The status of a configuration information request as a higher prior request could be known to the server without the server needing to decrypt, authenticate, or otherwise open or substantially process the requesting message in order to determine a priority status.
While the communication, download, or push of network device configuration information from the server to the network device has been described in general terms, the inventive system, device, and method provides additional utility and advantages where the network device is coupled with or can communicate with other network devices that also require configuration or configuration information.
For example, where the network device requesting configuration is coupled to the server and network device can receive the configuration information over that Ethernet connection. In addition, any secondary network devices that are connected to the requesting network device 108 which is referred to here as the primary network device, such secondary network devices may themselves receive their own configuration information from the primary network device and the request by any primary network device to the management side server may and in preferred embodiments will include a request for configuration information for any and all secondary network devices coupled with the primary network device.
In particular, where the primary network device making the original request for configuration information is a network switch, the management side server will not only provide configuration information for the network switch but also configuration information for access points (AP) or mobility points (MP) that are coupled or connected to (or maybe coupled or connected to) the primary network device or switch. This optional implied request for configuration information not only for the primary or requesting network device but also for the other secondary devices coupled with or connected to the primary network device may substantially reduce the number of requests made and the resulting burden on the network server 206.
The ability to acquire not only configuration information for the switch but also for access points connected to the switch at the same time means that the process of setting up and configuring an entire network much more efficient and vastly simplify as compared to any manual configuration or even answer a configuration which is performed by a network administrator remotely but in non-real-time or off-line. Furthermore, for implementations that generate either network device identity based or policy-based configuration information upon receipt of a request, the algorithms and procedures as well the policies on which network configuration information sets are generated may be done at any time prior to their need and do not require participation of either programmers or network administrators at the time or place where the network devices are being deployed or rolled out.
In each case, this means that as each network device is physically connected and powered on it may ā€œcall homeā€ or otherwise contact a designated engine system side server 206 and requests its configuration information, and for a typical network receive its configuration information and have actual configuration of the network device and any secondary network devices coupled with or connected to that primary device completed within a matter of a few seconds. Even if a decision is made to completely connect all (for example 100 or more) of the network devices but not to power them on until some predetermined time, each of the network devices that have been configured to requests initial or new configuration information can send a message back to the system server in a secure manner and expect to have its request answered within a few to several minutes. The queuing mechanism at the server taking care of any concurrently received requests that are or may be received more closely in time than a response message with configuration information can be retrieved from the database and sent or generated and sent.
It will be apparent that such automated configuration provides for much quicker and cost efficient installation of not only a single network device (and possibly the secondary network devices that may be attached to that primary network device), but has particular advantages and efficiencies that scale to large numbers of new or replacement devices.
Recall that embodiments of the inventive network device 106 may include either or both a two-state button or switch that identifies the device as being in an ā€œenableā€ or ā€œdisableā€ request configuration information on network device boot or power-on, and a software settable and resettable state than can represent either an ā€œenableā€ or ā€œdisableā€ request configuration on boot or on power-on status for the network device.
In one embodiment, a button is provided in a recess or aperture within the housing or enclosure of the network device. The button is advantageously recessed so that it will not inadvertently be pressed during handling of the device during deployment of the device particularly if power is applied to the network device. Any type of button or switch may be used. In some implementations, the button may be recessed to such a depth that a small pointed object such as a paper-clip tip or wire is needed to access and alter the state of the button. In one embodiment the button need only be pressed momentarily during the power-on or boot-up while in other embodiments, the button should be held for from one to several seconds during the power-on or boot-up for its actuation to have the intended effect.
In one embodiment, the network device maintains its current configuration settings that are persistently maintained or stored non-volatility in the device unless the button 116 is depressed during power-on or boot-up of the device. The alternate default, wherein the network device 108 requests new configuration unless the button is pressed may alternatively be implemented in the device, but this default condition in not preferred because it would result in increased and unnecessary burden on the management side server 106.
The software or firmware set state may equivalently be used to cause the network device 108 to request configuration information for the device (and for other devices that attach to the network through the primary (requesting) device. In one embodiment, the boot mode state is set to enable (either at the time the network device is manufactured and loaded with its software/firmware, or in preparation for device deployment or installation) so that when the network device is installed and powered on for the first time it will request configuration. On subsequent boot-up or power-on the boot mode state is set to disable so that the configuration information that had previously been loaded into the network device will be retained. In one embodiment, the boot mode state is only changed from enable to disable when configuration information was successfully loaded into the device. In one embodiment, pressing the recessed button while powered on but not during the boot-up or power-on phase will reset the network device to a predetermined configuration, such as for example a factory default or reset condition.
It may be appreciated in light of the description provided here that either a database or look-up table based identity or policy-based configuration, a database or look-up table information may be input into the database or look-up table at any time in advance of the time the configuration information is actually needed or requested. Therefore the information may be placed into the database or look-up table in the hours, days, weeks, or months preceding rollout of a system. This placement or storage of information may be done in non-real time so that it does not require the dedicated attention of an IT or network administrator. The determination, placement, and storage of the information or any part of component of the information may also be done by a third party or contractor. Certain information that is sensitive in nature may be added to the database or look-up table by a trusted entity at a later time.
Certain other conventional systems and methods may at first seem to be able to partially self-configure to a local set by pressing a button on an external surface of a device. However such systems typically work by sensing 802.11 standard-compliant wireless signals that are locally present in the environment. Devices including wireless access point devices made by the same company as a company that makes a wireless router may under some conditions be able to communicate with the wireless router and based on the mutual communication between the wireless router device and the wireless access point device, determine settings by which the two devices can communicate. These system are not able to automatically send messages to a remote server over for example an Ethernet connection, request network configuration for themselves and optionally for other devices connected to them. Neither do such conventional devices or set-up methods provide the other features described herein.
It may be appreciated that at least because the network device sends a request to a designated server to receive configuration information, the entity that is responsible for defining the configuration information (such as for example an authorized corporate network administrator) that is to sent to each network device (no matter whether pre-stored in an existing database or generated upon receiving the request) may chose the most appropriate configuration information at the time. Furthermore, the configuration information may be changed at the server from time to time as required or desired. Additionally, the network devices may themselves be controlled in a manner that new network device configuration information may be pushed or downloaded into the device as changes are required or desired, or the server or other entity may communicate a message or command to direct the network device to request updated, changed, or replacement configuration when they are next booted, or at a particular date and time, or according to other criteria.
One situation where the management side server may desire to alter an existing and operating network device is when the network device may have initially obtained a network IP address from a Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol mechanism or DHCP. DHCP is a protocol that assigns a dynamic IP address to a device on a network and can even support a mixture of static and dynamic IP addresses.
In some instances the existence of a network device using a DHCP based IP address may be problematic, or even when not problematic, there may be a desire for all network devices on a network to operate with a fixed IP address. Therefore, in one implementation the management side system configuration server may act to assign a fixed IP address to a requesting network device event when the network device is behaving properly and without problem with its DHCP based IP address. (It is also possible to permit a network device having a fixed IP address to acquire a DHCP IP address, but this scenario is not of particular interest here).
In one implementation, the network device communicates a request for configuration information to the server and the server receives that request in the manner described elsewhere in this specification. The management side system may then examine certain fields, statements, or other data or indicators of or within the request message (or any attachment to the request message) to look at certain fields of the request. These fields may for example include any one or combination of: a current IP address that the device is on, and an indicator that identifies whether the device has obtained its current IP address from DHCP or by static IP address configuration. If the management side system determines that the requesting network device has a static IP address and it wants the network device to continue to have a static IP address, then it may take no action so that static address remains unchanged or it may assign a different static IP address that will be communicated to the network device with its requested configuration information and used subsequently by the network device and the management side (including the management side server) for their communication. On the other hand if the management side system determines that the requesting device is using a DHCP address and wants the network device to use a static IP address, it may send (to the DHCP IP address) the desired new static IP address for use by the requesting network device in the configuration information. The new static IP address will thereafter be used for communications between the network device and the management side server or other entities on the network.
There is considerable flexibility for either a signal network device or a multiplicity of network devices to find an IP address such as using DHCP that will permit them to first come up on a network and to send and receive network messages, without them remaining tied to a particular IP address or to a dynamically determined IP address, and then have their IP address changed for example to a management side static IP address to suit the management side systems preferences. The system and method therefore also include a management side intelligent component that for example permits the management side to recognize that an initial message (or even subsequent message) came to the management side server using a particular DHCP based IP address, sends out new network device configuration information to the requesting device using the then current particular DHCP based IP address, and then updates its records or information so that it will conduct future communications with the network device using the newly assigned static IP address that was included in the configuration information.
Attention is now directed to some other and/or additional characteristics and features of the inventive network device.
The network device itself (such as for example in a wireless network switch device), when it boots up, has to recognize when to go and request and then get its configuration information and when not to go get it. Advantageously, the network device may not want to go and get the configuration again on every boot (although this operation is not precluded) or after every power failure that may occur. While this may not present any issues for either the device itself or the network or server, if every one of perhaps 200 network devices in a facility were to request new configuration information after a momentary power failure on a hot summer day, it would add to the network traffic burden on the network and on the processing and/or other content serving by the server. In order to handle this the network device booting or power-up situation, a small button, toggle, switch or other means for altering a state between a request configuration information first state (enable) and a do not request configuration information second state (disable) which when placed in a first position (such as being pressed or depressed) while booting will initiate the special booting sequence or program that retrieves the device configuration. When placed in a second position (such as by being left in a non-pressed or extended position) does not initiation a booting sequence, or bypasses program code, that would otherwise request configuration information form an external source. This allows the network device, such as a switch to either use its existing configuration data set, or reset and fetch and obtain a new configuration data set (ā€œconfigā€) at any point or time. Note that computer program software commands may be used to alter the state of a stored flag, token, data item, or other logic to affect the same function as the physical switch.
Furthermore, but optionally, if there is a network administrator or other person or entity available that may be able to understand and make changes to the network device program or data stored within the network device either before the network device is sent to the installation site (pre-shipment boot mode setting) or at the installation site (pre-installation boot mode setting), that person can utilize a command line interface (CLI) to set the network device into the automated configuration request mode (e.g., ā€œconfigure meā€ or ā€œdrop-shipā€ mode versus a retain existing configuration mode) so that the need to press a button during the power-on and automatic boot procedure is removed and it is only necessary to connect a network connection (such as for example an Ethernet cable) and apply electrical power, and otherwise the auto-configuration is completely automated and touchless. In other words, the there is an equivalent mechanism in software within the network device that sets the boot mode or results in execution of software and/or firmware to execute in the network device (such as in a processor, ASIC, or other logic of the network device) of the button pressing mechanism. For example, in one embodiment there is a specific software command, such as ā€œset autoconfig=enableā€, and once this is set and the network device is booted with this autoconfig=enable set, the network device will request configuration information on that first boot. After this first boot after the auto configuration is enabled, the mode is returned to disable so that subsequent power-on will not result in new configuration information requests. As described elsewhere herein, this means that when the autoconfig=ā€œenableā€ is set before shipping a replacement network device to a remote location where no or minimal technical support is available, it is only necessary to substitute the replacement unit for the failed unit, including unplugging and replugging a simple Ethernet cable and power cable. When the replacement unit is powered on it will sense the autoconfig=enable mode that has been set in the device, and cause the replacement network device to get its own configuration information from the network. The person performing th e replacement need have no technical knowledge or idea of what is happening. It is essentially as simple as plugging in a standard telephone handset.
In one embodiment, once it has retrieved its configuration information, data, or file, this autoconfig setting is disabled so that the next time it boots it need not go out and request its configuration again. In another embodiment, once the autoconfig is set to enable, it holds this setting until changed or reset so that the device will request its configuration each time it boots. This approach is not preferred as it would unnecessarily increase the burden on the network and the server.
A computer program and computer program product can include a program module having instructions and optional data and/or parameters for execution in a processing logic to carry out the inventive methods and procedures described herein. For example, the methods described herein and illustrated for example in FIG. 2, FIG. 4, and FIG. 5 may be performed as software executing within a processor or processing logic of the network device (device side procedure), with a processor or processing logic of the management side such as by a management side server computer (management side procedure), or by a combination of both of these. A variety of types of processors, microprocessors, ASICs, and associated or coupled memory may be utilized in the management side server and network device to accomplish the required processing tasks.
In one implementation the protocol used for the communications between the network device and the management side server is an XML-based protocol over http. The inventive scheme may also or alternatively be used with different language or protocol, such as for example, but not limited to a SNMP, CMET or any other protocol and need not be performed with or limited to XML.
FIG. 6 depicts an example of a system 600 having partially autonomous local network devices associated with wide-area WLAN policy. The system 600 includes a wireless local area network (WLAN) management engine 602 coupled to a first network 604. In an embodiment in which the first network 604 includes a wireless network, the WLAN management engine 602 can manage network devices, such as wireless switches and access points (APs) on the first network 604.
In the example of FIG. 6, the first network 604 is coupled to a wide area network (WAN) 606. The WAN 606 can include by way of example but not limitation the Internet. The term ā€œInternetā€ as used in this paper refers to a network of networks which uses certain protocols, such as the TCP/IP protocol, and possibly other protocols such as the hypertext transfer protocol (HTTP) for hypertext markup language (HTML) documents that make up the World Wide Web (the web). The physical connections of the Internet and the protocols and communication procedures of the Internet are well-known to those of skill in the relevant art. The WLAN management engine 602 is capable of wide-area WLAN management if it is able to manage WLANs across the WAN 606.
In the example of FIG. 6, a second network 608 is coupled to the first network 604 through the WAN 606. An AP controller 610, an AP 612, and network services engine 614 are coupled to the second network 608. These components can colloquially be referred to as ā€œonā€ the second network 608. In an implementation in which the WLAN management engine 602 is capable of wide-area WLAN management, the WLAN management engine 602 can manage one or more of the network devices on the second network 608. The network devices on the second network 608 can be referred to as ā€œpartially autonomousā€ if the WLAN management engine 602 gives some autonomy to the network devices to operate without, e.g., authenticating at the WLAN management engine 602. This can be advantageous in avoiding delay across the WAN 606, particularly if connectivity is lost for some reason (due to issues with the first network 604, the WAN 606, the second network 608, the WLAN management engine 602, or other connectivity issues).
The AP controller 610 can include a wireless switch and ā€œintelligenceā€ for the AP 612. It is possible to include little or none of the functionality of the AP controller 610 in the AP 612; in such an implementation, the AP can be referred to as a ā€œdumb AP.ā€ It is possible to include some or all of the intelligence of the AP controller 610 in the AP 612; in such an implementation, the AP can be referred to as a ā€œsmart AP.ā€ For APs that have all of the intelligence of the controller, it is not necessary to have a controller. Thus, the AP controller 610 could be considered ā€œpart ofā€ the AP 612 in some cases. Some APs are ā€œsmarterā€ than others, depending upon the amount of functionality that could be put in a controller is put into the AP.
In an implementation, the AP controller 610 (and other network components, such as the AP 612, if applicable) is physically placed at a site associated with the second network 608. By ā€œphysically placedā€ what is meant is the second network 608 and the AP controller 610 are on a different side of the WAN 606 than the first network 604 and the WLAN management engine 602.
In an implementation, the AP controller 610 (and other network components, such as the AP 612, if applicable) is initially unconfigured when physically placed at the site associated with the second network 608. Electrical operating power is applied to the network devices to initiate execution of a computer program sequence, the computer program sequence generating a message that includes a network device identification information and a request that a configuration data set for the network device be sent from the WLAN management engine 602 to the network device over the WAN. The AP controller 610 (and other network components, such as the AP 612, if applicable) can have a unique identifier that is encoded or otherwise represented by an electronic signature or digital data. When the WLAN management engine 602 receives a request with the unique identifier, the WLAN management engine 602 provides configuration data appropriate for the identified network device across the WAN 606. Advantageously, once configured in this manner, traffic from the AP 612 to the second network 608 accessing network resources of the second network 608 need not utilize the WAN 606.
In the example of FIG. 6, the second network 608 can include a plurality of wireless transmit and/or receive nodes. One such node will be referred to as the AP 612 in this paper, though it should be recognized that terminology will vary depending upon the technology and/or implementation. For example, in an ad-hoc network the term ā€œAPā€ is typically not used. For the sake of illustrative simplicity, since a person of skill in the relevant art will have no trouble in finding the relevant term in the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE) 802.11 standard, the current version of which is incorporated by reference, terms that are typically used in the 802.11 standard will be preferentially used in this paper when discussing wireless technology. It should be understood that different terminology may be used when referring to other wireless technology.
A station, as used herein, may be referred to as a device with a media access control (MAC) address and a physical layer (PHY) interface to the wireless medium that comply with the IEEE 802.11 standard. Since APs that comply with the 802.11 standard have these characteristics, an AP can normally be referred to as a station. Where it is desirable to draw a distinction between an AP and a non-AP station, the AP can be referred to as an ā€œAPā€ and a station can be referred to as a ā€œnon-AP station.ā€ In general, a station can comply with any wireless standard or none at all, and may have any known or convenient interface to a wireless or other medium, though depending upon the standard, a station may be referred to as something other than a ā€œstation,ā€ and may have different interfaces to a wireless or other medium. Exhaustively listing every implementation of a station is difficult, but some examples include a laptop, a wireless telephone, portable digital assistant (PDA), a desktop computer, or any other applicable computing device capable of communication on a wireless network.
Depending upon the technology or implementation, an AP includes a hardware unit that acts as a communication hub by linking wireless mobile stations to a wired backbone network. This can, for example, enable APs to connect users to other users within the network and/or to serve as the point of interconnection between a wireless local area network (WLAN) and a fixed wire network. The number of APs that are desirable for a given implementation can depend upon the desired size of a wireless domain. For example, it may be desirable to locate the APs such that they cover the entire area/space of a wireless domain. The number of APs that are desirable for a given implementation can also depend upon whether data from the APs is used to get a snapshot of where stations, or a subset of the stations, are located within the wireless network; generally, the more APs, the better, though at some point there is likely to be diminishing returns. An implementation of an AP, provided by way of example but not limitation, includes a TRAPEZE NETWORKSĀ® MOBILITY POINTĀ® (MPĀ®) AP. An implementation of a wireless domain, provided by way of example but not limitation, includes a TRAPEZE NETWORKSĀ® SMART MOBILEĀ® (TRAPEZE SMART MOBILEĀ®) wireless domain.
In operation, an AP can typically transmit and receive data (and may therefore be referred to as a transceiver) using one or more radio transmitters. For example, an AP can have two associated radios, one which is configured for 5 GHz transmissions, and the other which is configured for 2.4 GHz transmissions. (Other bands are acceptable, too.) In a non-limiting embodiment, APs transmit and receive information as radio frequency (RF) signals to and from a wireless station over an Ethernet connection. APs can transmit and receive information to and from their associated wireless exchange switches. Connection to a second wireless exchange switch provides redundancy. An implementation of a wireless exchange switch, provided by way of example but not limitation, includes a TRAPEZE NETWORKSĀ® MOBILITY EXCHANGEĀ® (MXĀ®) switch.
The network services engine 614 can provide network services to authorized stations that are coupled to the second network 608. For illustrative purposes, the WLAN management engine 602 is on a first side of the WAN 606, while the network services engine 614 is on a second side of the WAN 606, the same side as the AP controller 610 and the AP 612. This distinction is relevant because, in an implementation, network devices such as the AP controller 610 are configured by the WLAN management engine 602 in accordance with a wide-area (or ā€œglobalā€) WLAN management system, but local network devices are at least partially autonomous after being configured. So traffic from the AP 612 to the second network 608 accessing network resources of the network services engine 614 do not utilize the WAN 606. In the example of FIG. 6, in operation, a station 616 accesses network resources of the network services engine 614 through the AP 612.
FIG. 7 depicts a flowchart 700 of an example of a method for deployment of partially autonomous network devices. In the example of FIG. 7, the flowchart 700 starts at module 702 with providing network resources attached to a second network, which is attached to a first network through a WAN, for use at a site associated with the second network. The network resources may be provided by, for example, a network services engine.
In the example of FIG. 7, the flowchart 700 continues to module 704 with physically placing an unconfigured network device at a site associated with the second network, wherein the network device includes a unique identifier.
In the example of FIG. 7, the flowchart 700 continues to module 706 with applying operating power to generate a message including the unique identifier and a request that a configuration data set be sent to the network device over the WAN.
In the example of FIG. 7, the flowchart 700 continues to module 708 with receiving the configuration data set at the network device. Advantageously, modules 706 and 708 facilitate wide-area WLAN policy at a WLAN management engine coupled to the first network. Once the configuration data set is received, the network device can configure itself in accordance with wide-area WLAN policy. It can then operate at least partially autonomously with respect to the WLAN management engine.
In the example of FIG. 7, the flowchart 700 ends at module 710 with locally switching traffic from an AP to the second network accessing the network resources without utilizing the WAN. By locally, what is meant is that the traffic is switched on the second network; there is no need to send traffic up to the WLAN management engine through the WAN.
Unless the context clearly requires otherwise, throughout the description and the claims, the words ā€œcomprise,ā€ ā€œcomprisingā€ and the like are to be construed in an inclusive sense as opposed to an exclusive or exhaustive sense; that is to say, in a sense of ā€œincluding, but not limited to.ā€ Words using the singular or plural number also include the plural or singular number, respectively. Additionally, the words ā€œherein,ā€ ā€œabove,ā€ ā€œbelow,ā€ and words of similar import, when used in this application, shall refer to this application as a whole and not to any particular portions of this application.
The above detailed description is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit the invention to the precise form disclosed above. While specific embodiments of, and examples for, the invention are described above for illustrative purposes, various equivalent modifications are possible within the scope of the invention, as those skilled in the relevant art will recognize. For example, while steps are presented in a given order, alternative embodiments may perform routines having steps in a different order. The teachings of the invention provided herein can be applied to other systems, not only the systems described herein. The various embodiments described herein can be combined to provide further embodiments. These and other changes can be made to the invention in light of the detailed description.
All the above references and U.S. patents and applications are incorporated herein by reference. Aspects of the invention can be modified, if necessary, to employ the systems, functions and concepts of the various patents and applications described above to provide yet further embodiments of the invention. These and other changes can be made to the invention in light of the above detailed description. In general, the terms used in the following claims, should not be construed to limit the invention to the specific embodiments disclosed in the specification, unless the above detailed description explicitly defines such terms. Accordingly, the actual scope of the invention encompasses the disclosed embodiments and all equivalent ways of practicing or implementing the invention under the claims.
While certain aspects of the invention are presented below in certain claim forms, the inventors contemplate the various aspects of the invention in any number of claim forms. Accordingly, the inventors reserve the right to add additional claims after filing the application to pursue such additional claim forms for other aspects of the invention.

Claims (19)

What is claimed is:
1. A method, comprising:
performing the following after power up of a wireless switch that is unconfigured or incompletely configured (i) sending from the wireless switch a configuration information request message to an external source of configuration information on a first network over a Wide Area Network (WAN), and (ii) receiving at the wireless switch the configuration information from the source over the WAN in response to the configuration information request message, and (iii) storing at least a portion of the configuration information within the wireless switch, the wireless switch being connected to a second network that is coupled to the first network through the WAN, the configuration information including configuration information for the wireless switch and for an access point (AP) coupled to the wireless switch, such that the wireless switch is permitted to connect with the second network using the configuration information stored in the wireless switch and such that traffic from the AP to the second network accessing at least one network resource connected to the second network does not utilize the WAN.
2. A method, comprising:
sending from an unconfigured wireless switch across a Wide Area Network (WAN) to a Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN) management system a request for switch configuration data, the WAN coupling a first network to a second network, the WLAN management system connected to the first network, the wireless switch connected to the second network;
receiving at the wireless switch a single response to the request, from the WLAN management system based on the request, the single response including switch configuration data;
storing the switch configuration data at the wireless switch; and
configuring the wireless switch based on the switch configuration data such that the wireless switch switches traffic from an Access Point (AP) to the second network accessing network services and the wireless switch does not utilize the WLAN, the AP and the network services being connected to the second network at a site associated with the second network.
3. The method as in claim 2, wherein a single request for switch configuration data is sent by the unconfigured wireless switch.
4. A method, comprising:
sending, from a wireless switch over a Wide Area Network (WAN) to a network device management server connected to a first network, a request for a plurality of configuration data sets, the WAN connecting the first network to a second network, the request including unique identifiers for network devices to be configured that are located at a site associated with the second network, and the unique identifiers include identifiers for at least the wireless switch and an Access Point (AP);
receiving at the wireless switch from the network device management server, a single response having a configuration data set including a plurality of configuration data sets, each configuration data set from the plurality of configuration data sets being associated with one of the unique identifiers for the network devices to be configured; and
loading at the wireless switch the configuration data set into a non-transitory non-volatile configuration storage within the wireless switch, thereby configuring the wireless switch while in a request configuration state such that once the wireless switch is configured, traffic from the AP to the second network accessing network resources does not utilize the WAN, the network resources being connected to the second network for use at the site associated with the second network.
5. The method as in claim 4 further comprising:
one or more of the unique identifiers for the network devices to be configured, included in the request for the configuration data set, includes information selected from a set of a device serial number, a device Internet protocol (IP) address, a device class, a device site, a device location, a netmask, a network identifier, a device type to be configured, a software version identifier, a firmware version identifier, a date of manufacture, a DHCP source indicator, a pre-configuration fixed address indicator, a serial identifier (SID), an IP address, a media access control (MAC) address, a service set identifier (SSID), and any combination of these;
the received configuration data includes configuration information that identifies attributes of users or client devices that are permitted to access the network device from or through the wireless switch; and
deriving at the wireless switch from the single configuration data set configuration information defining relationships between the wireless switch and other devices on the network.
6. The method as in claim 4, further comprising:
identifying at the wireless switch a receiver uniquely identified in a persistent non-volatile memory coupled to the wireless switch; and
finding at the wireless switch a network device management server on the first network by sending a message to the uniquely identified receiver.
7. The method as in claim 4, further comprising:
sending the configuration data set request in accordance with a mutual authentication and encryption/decryption policy; and
receiving the configuration data set in accordance with the mutual authentication and encryption/decryption policies;
the mutual authentication policy including the exchange of user identity and passwords;
the encryption/decryption policy involving the use of a key.
8. The method as in claim 4, further comprising:
changing a first state of a switch selected from the group including of a physical hardware switch, a physical button that is pressed down when the wireless switch is booted, a physical button that is pressed down when the wireless switch is powered on, a logical switch, and a software switch, such that changing the state of the switch to a first state activates the request configuration data set state; and
changing the state of the switch to a second state activates a do-not-request configuration data set state.
9. A method, comprising:
receiving, at a device on a first network coupled to a Wide Area network (WAN), from a wireless switch on a second network that is coupled to the WAN, a request for a configuration data set including a device identifier associated with the wireless switch;
selecting or generating at the device a single response having a policy-based configuration data set for the wireless switch based on the device identifier;
sending the single response from the device, in response to the configuration data set request, to the wireless switch such that at least a portion of the data set is stored at the wireless switch and the wireless switch is configured to locally switch traffic on the second network without using the WAN, based on the configuration data set.
10. The method as in claim 9, wherein the configuration data set is stored in a configuration database in association with the device identifier;
the method further comprising performing at the device a configuration database look up in accordance with at least one network configuration policy and the device identifier.
11. The method as in claim 9, further comprising storing the configuration data set in a network device management server in an off-line or local mode without requiring the wireless switch be connected to the second network.
12. The method as in claim 9, wherein the configuration data set is associated with a policy applicable to the wireless switch and an operating environment of the wireless switch.
13. The method as in claim 9, wherein the configuration data set includes an indication of whether a configuration information source was received from DHCP or from a preconfiguration of the wireless switch, the indication being used when the configuration data set is sent to the wireless switch.
14. The method as in claim 9, wherein a single request for a configuration data set is received from the wireless switch.
15. The method as in claim 9, wherein the wireless switch is configured without human network administrator intervention.
16. An apparatus, comprising:
a non-transitory non-volatile storage configured to store a device identifier and a receiver identifier;
a logic circuit configured to have a programmable logic state, such that a first state identifies the apparatus as requesting a new policy-based configuration and a second state identifies the apparatus as maintaining configuration persistently stored in the wireless switch; and
a communications interface configured to, when the apparatus is in the first state:
send across a Wide Area Network (WAN) to a remotely located external device associated with the receiver identifier a request for a configuration data set, the request including the device identifier, the remotely located external device being on a first network;
receive a single response having a configuration data set associated with the device identifier from the remotely located external device in response to the request; and
store at least a portion of the configuration data set at the apparatus such that the apparatus is configured automatically such that the apparatus provides sufficient switching functionality to enable traffic from a local access point (AP) to access local network resources on a second network without using the WAN, the first network being coupled to the second network through the WAN.
17. The apparatus as in claim 16, wherein the logic circuit is coupled to a two position switch configured to change the logic state.
18. The apparatus as in claim 16, wherein a single request for a configuration data set is sent to the remotely located external device.
19. The apparatus as in claim 16, wherein the apparatus is configured without local human administrator intervention.
US12/683,281 2006-05-19 2010-01-06 Automated network device configuration and network deployment Active 2027-09-09 US8966018B2 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/683,281 US8966018B2 (en) 2006-05-19 2010-01-06 Automated network device configuration and network deployment
EP11150170.6A EP2355570B1 (en) 2010-01-06 2011-01-05 Automated network device configuration and network deployment

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/437,582 US20070268516A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2006-05-19 Automated policy-based network device configuration and network deployment
US12/683,281 US8966018B2 (en) 2006-05-19 2010-01-06 Automated network device configuration and network deployment

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/437,582 Continuation-In-Part US20070268516A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2006-05-19 Automated policy-based network device configuration and network deployment

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20100180016A1 US20100180016A1 (en) 2010-07-15
US8966018B2 true US8966018B2 (en) 2015-02-24

Family

ID=43876952

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/683,281 Active 2027-09-09 US8966018B2 (en) 2006-05-19 2010-01-06 Automated network device configuration and network deployment

Country Status (2)

Country Link
US (1) US8966018B2 (en)
EP (1) EP2355570B1 (en)

Cited By (65)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20130275622A1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2013-10-17 Nec Corporation Communication device, method for setting communication device, and program
US20140156820A1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Configuration information selection based on extracted information
US20140280804A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Dell Products L.P. Relationship driven dynamic workflow system
US20150029868A1 (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-01-29 Honeywell International Inc. Wearable network topology analyzer
US20150189489A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing information processing program for information processing device, information processing device, and method for controlling information processing device
US20150200882A1 (en) * 2009-01-28 2015-07-16 Headwater Partners I Llc Network System With Common Secure Wireless Message Service Serving Multiple Applications on Multiple Wireless Devices
US20150312833A1 (en) * 2014-04-23 2015-10-29 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Automated wireless channel changing
US9198042B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Security techniques for device assisted services
US9198075B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with differential traffic control policy list applicable to one of several wireless modems
US9204282B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-01 Headwater Partners I Llc Enhanced roaming services and converged carrier networks with device assisted services and a proxy
US9215159B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-15 Headwater Partners I Llc Data usage monitoring for media data services used by applications
US9225797B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-29 Headwater Partners I Llc System for providing an adaptive wireless ambient service to a mobile device
US9247450B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-01-26 Headwater Partners I Llc Quality of service for device assisted services
US9253663B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-02-02 Headwater Partners I Llc Controlling mobile device communications on a roaming network based on device state
US20160057000A1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2016-02-25 Spectralink Corporation Distributed configuration management system and method
US9351193B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-05-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Intermediate networking devices
US9386165B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-07-05 Headwater Partners I Llc System and method for providing user notifications
US9392462B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-07-12 Headwater Partners I Llc Mobile end-user device with agent limiting wireless data communication for specified background applications based on a stored policy
US20160224003A1 (en) * 2015-02-02 2016-08-04 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Replacement of a faulty system component in an automation system
US9491199B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-11-08 Headwater Partners I Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US9532261B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-12-27 Headwater Partners I Llc System and method for wireless network offloading
US9557889B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-01-31 Headwater Partners I Llc Service plan design, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, and device management
US9565707B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-07 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with wireless data attribution to multiple personas
US9565543B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-07 Headwater Partners I Llc Device group partitions and settlement platform
US9572019B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-14 Headwater Partners LLC Service selection set published to device agent with on-device service selection
US9571559B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-14 Headwater Partners I Llc Enhanced curfew and protection associated with a device group
US9578182B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-21 Headwater Partners I Llc Mobile device and service management
US9591474B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-03-07 Headwater Partners I Llc Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration
US9609510B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-03-28 Headwater Research Llc Automated credential porting for mobile devices
US9647918B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-05-09 Headwater Research Llc Mobile device and method attributing media services network usage to requesting application
US9706061B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-07-11 Headwater Partners I Llc Service design center for device assisted services
US9755842B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-09-05 Headwater Research Llc Managing service user discovery and service launch object placement on a device
US9769207B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-09-19 Headwater Research Llc Wireless network service interfaces
US9819808B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-11-14 Headwater Research Llc Hierarchical service policies for creating service usage data records for a wireless end-user device
US9858559B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-01-02 Headwater Research Llc Network service plan design
US9954975B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-04-24 Headwater Research Llc Enhanced curfew and protection associated with a device group
US9955332B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-04-24 Headwater Research Llc Method for child wireless device activation to subscriber account of a master wireless device
US9980146B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-05-22 Headwater Research Llc Communications device with secure data path processing agents
US10057775B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-08-21 Headwater Research Llc Virtualized policy and charging system
US10064055B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-08-28 Headwater Research Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US10070305B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-09-04 Headwater Research Llc Device assisted services install
US10169048B1 (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-01-01 International Business Machines Corporation Preparing computer nodes to boot in a multidimensional torus fabric network
US10200541B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-02-05 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device with divided user space/kernel space traffic policy system
US10237757B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-03-19 Headwater Research Llc System and method for wireless network offloading
US10248996B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-04-02 Headwater Research Llc Method for operating a wireless end-user device mobile payment agent
US10264138B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-04-16 Headwater Research Llc Mobile device and service management
US10326800B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-06-18 Headwater Research Llc Wireless network service interfaces
US10419535B2 (en) * 2006-12-28 2019-09-17 Conversant Wireless Licensing S.a.r.l. Preconfigured syncML profile categories
US10492102B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-11-26 Headwater Research Llc Intermediate networking devices
US10715342B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-07-14 Headwater Research Llc Managing service user discovery and service launch object placement on a device
US10779177B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-09-15 Headwater Research Llc Device group partitions and settlement platform
US10783581B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-09-22 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device providing ambient or sponsored services
US10798252B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-10-06 Headwater Research Llc System and method for providing user notifications
US10841839B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-11-17 Headwater Research Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US10992741B2 (en) 2018-08-13 2021-04-27 Wickr Inc. System and method for providing a configuration file to client devices
US11044149B1 (en) 2020-02-28 2021-06-22 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for conditioning and certifying network equipment
US20210248110A1 (en) * 2019-06-15 2021-08-12 Facebook, Inc. Scalable, secure, efficient, and adaptable distributed digital ledger transaction network
US11102644B2 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-08-24 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Network configuration method and apparatus
US11218854B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-01-04 Headwater Research Llc Service plan design, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, and device management
US20220225228A1 (en) * 2021-01-11 2022-07-14 Dell Products L.P. Systems and methods for comparison and scoring of network access points
US11412366B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-08-09 Headwater Research Llc Enhanced roaming services and converged carrier networks with device assisted services and a proxy
US11425122B2 (en) 2018-08-13 2022-08-23 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System and method for providing a configuration file to client devices
US20220303270A1 (en) * 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Security-enhanced auto-configuration of network communication ports for cloud-managed devices
US11593124B2 (en) 2020-01-14 2023-02-28 The Toronto-Dominion Bank System and method for automated configuration of a computing device
US11811642B2 (en) 2018-07-27 2023-11-07 GoTenna, Inc. Vineā„¢: zero-control routing using data packet inspection for wireless mesh networks

Families Citing this family (156)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7529925B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2009-05-05 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
WO2007044986A2 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US7573859B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-08-11 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US7724703B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2010-05-25 Belden, Inc. System and method for wireless network monitoring
US8638762B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2014-01-28 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for network integrity
US7558266B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2009-07-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for restricting network access using forwarding databases
US8966018B2 (en) 2006-05-19 2015-02-24 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Automated network device configuration and network deployment
US9191799B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2015-11-17 Juniper Networks, Inc. Sharing data between wireless switches system and method
US8818322B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2014-08-26 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Untethered access point mesh system and method
US9258702B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2016-02-09 Trapeze Networks, Inc. AP-local dynamic switching
US8340110B2 (en) 2006-09-15 2012-12-25 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Quality of service provisioning for wireless networks
US7873061B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-01-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for aggregation and queuing in a wireless network
EP2140612A2 (en) * 2007-04-13 2010-01-06 Thomson Licensing System software productization framework
US8902904B2 (en) 2007-09-07 2014-12-02 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Network assignment based on priority
US8238942B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2012-08-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless station location detection
US8775577B1 (en) * 2007-12-18 2014-07-08 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System and method for configuration management service
US8150357B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2012-04-03 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Smoothing filter for irregular update intervals
US8837491B2 (en) * 2008-05-27 2014-09-16 Glue Networks Regional virtual VPN
US8194560B2 (en) * 2008-07-11 2012-06-05 Qualcomm Incorporated Access point identifier configuration procedure
US8978105B2 (en) 2008-07-25 2015-03-10 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Affirming network relationships and resource access via related networks
US8238298B2 (en) 2008-08-29 2012-08-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Picking an optimal channel for an access point in a wireless network
WO2010068698A2 (en) * 2008-12-09 2010-06-17 Glue Networks, Inc. System and method for providing virtual private networks
US8472920B2 (en) * 2009-01-22 2013-06-25 Belair Networks Inc. System and method for providing wireless networks as a service
US9172612B2 (en) * 2009-02-12 2015-10-27 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Network device configuration management by physical location
KR101102663B1 (en) * 2009-02-13 2012-01-04 ģ‚¼ģ„±ģ „ģžģ£¼ģ‹ķšŒģ‚¬ System and method for auto wireless connection between mobile terminal and digital device
JP2011004385A (en) * 2009-03-16 2011-01-06 Ricoh Co Ltd Information processing apparatus, mutual authentication method, mutual authentication program, information processing system, information processing method, information processing program, and recording medium
US8854947B2 (en) * 2009-06-15 2014-10-07 Ppc Broadband, Inc. Device and method for monitoring a communications system
US8561055B2 (en) * 2009-10-15 2013-10-15 Blackberry Limited Method, system and apparatus for management of push content
US8364810B2 (en) * 2009-11-06 2013-01-29 Research In Motion Limited Method, system and apparatus for management of push content when changing computing devices
EP2363998B1 (en) * 2010-03-03 2015-01-07 BlackBerry Limited Method, system and apparatus for managing push data transfers
EP2365677B1 (en) * 2010-03-03 2020-04-08 BlackBerry Limited Method, system and apparatus for configuring a device for interaction with a server
US8543861B1 (en) * 2010-04-02 2013-09-24 Symantec Corporation Systems and methods for diagnosing a network configuration of a computing device
KR101817593B1 (en) * 2010-12-09 2018-01-12 ģ—ģŠ¤ķ”„ė¦°ķŒ…ģ†”ė£Øģ…˜ ģ£¼ģ‹ķšŒģ‚¬ Image forming device, host device and connecting methods thereof
US9197617B1 (en) * 2010-12-15 2015-11-24 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Client device connectivity with integrated business rules
US8806041B1 (en) 2010-12-15 2014-08-12 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Client device connectivity with integrated business rules and multiple network types
US8813167B2 (en) * 2010-12-30 2014-08-19 Apple Inc. Dynamic device configuration using predicates
CN102594579A (en) * 2011-01-06 2012-07-18 å“ę€ē½‘ē»œå…¬åø Automatic configuration and network deployment for network devices
US9143480B2 (en) * 2011-01-10 2015-09-22 Secure Global Solutions, Llc Encrypted VPN connection
US9609587B2 (en) * 2011-01-31 2017-03-28 Synchronoss Technologies, Inc. System and method for host and OS agnostic management of connected devices through network controlled state alteration
JP5678717B2 (en) * 2011-02-24 2015-03-04 åƌ士通ę Ŗ式会ē¤¾ Monitoring device, monitoring system, and monitoring method
US9002993B2 (en) * 2011-03-28 2015-04-07 Greenwave Systems Pte. Ltd. Dynamic configuration of a client-server relationship
US8893968B2 (en) 2011-06-07 2014-11-25 Greenwave Systems Pte. Ltd. Network inclusion of a networked light bulb
US9240984B2 (en) * 2011-07-25 2016-01-19 Qterics, Inc. Configuring an electronic device based on a transaction
WO2013025195A1 (en) * 2011-08-15 2013-02-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Systems, devices, and methods for traffic management
US9407506B2 (en) * 2011-09-12 2016-08-02 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Multi-entity management
US9118687B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2015-08-25 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for a scalable network with efficient link utilization
US20130083700A1 (en) * 2011-10-04 2013-04-04 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for centralized management of access and aggregation network infrastructure
US9667485B2 (en) * 2011-10-04 2017-05-30 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for a self-organized layer-2 enterprise network architecture
US9407457B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2016-08-02 Juniper Networks, Inc. Apparatuses for a wired/wireless network architecture
US10142160B1 (en) 2011-10-04 2018-11-27 Big Switch Networks, Inc. System and methods for managing network hardware address requests with a controller
US8804620B2 (en) 2011-10-04 2014-08-12 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for enforcing a common user policy within a network
US10148550B1 (en) 2011-10-04 2018-12-04 Juniper Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for a scalable network with efficient link utilization
US9274812B2 (en) * 2011-10-06 2016-03-01 Hand Held Products, Inc. Method of configuring mobile computing device
KR20130039053A (en) * 2011-10-11 2013-04-19 ģ‚¼ģ„±ģ „ģžģ£¼ģ‹ķšŒģ‚¬ Method and apparatus for generating user configurable user interface in a portable terminal
US8856384B2 (en) * 2011-10-14 2014-10-07 Big Switch Networks, Inc. System and methods for managing network protocol address assignment with a controller
US8799989B1 (en) * 2011-12-16 2014-08-05 Google Inc. Network settings browser synchronization
CN104115028B (en) * 2012-01-17 2016-08-17 č²å°¼å…‹ę–Æē”µę°”å…¬åø For operating the method for field apparatus, field apparatus and the server for wide area automated network
US9480014B2 (en) 2012-06-01 2016-10-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Device configuration in a hybrid communication network
US9170845B2 (en) * 2012-08-28 2015-10-27 Vce Company, Llc Deployed application factory reset
US10382275B1 (en) * 2012-10-22 2019-08-13 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Automated infrastructure configuration
TW201426333A (en) * 2012-12-27 2014-07-01 Cal Comp Electronics & Comm Co Network data storage system, apparatus and method thereof
US9130836B2 (en) 2013-02-04 2015-09-08 Cisco Technology, Inc. Provisoning of a new node joining an existing cluster in a data center environment
FR3001817B1 (en) * 2013-02-07 2016-12-23 Bull Sas METHOD FOR CONFIGURING A PLURALITY OF NODES OF A COMPUTER CLUSTER
US9286047B1 (en) 2013-02-13 2016-03-15 Cisco Technology, Inc. Deployment and upgrade of network devices in a network environment
US9690746B1 (en) * 2013-03-08 2017-06-27 Crimson Corporation Computing devices for sending and receiving configuration information
US9760528B1 (en) * 2013-03-14 2017-09-12 Glue Networks, Inc. Methods and systems for creating a network
US9928082B1 (en) 2013-03-19 2018-03-27 Gluware, Inc. Methods and systems for remote device configuration
US9858052B2 (en) * 2013-03-21 2018-01-02 Razer (Asia-Pacific) Pte. Ltd. Decentralized operating system
CN104125622B (en) * 2013-04-28 2017-11-24 华äøŗꊀęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø A kind of collocation method, equipment and system for accessing standard
JP5787418B2 (en) * 2013-05-30 2015-09-30 å¤é‡Žé›»ę°—ę Ŗ式会ē¤¾ Wireless access point device, wireless network system, and wireless access point device control method
WO2014197521A1 (en) 2013-06-03 2014-12-11 Seven Networks, Inc. Blocking/unblocking algorithms for signaling optimization in a wireless network for traffic utilizing proprietary and non-proprietary protocols
US9467334B2 (en) 2013-06-07 2016-10-11 Apple Inc. Configuring computing devices using a bootstrap configuration
US10257705B2 (en) 2013-06-10 2019-04-09 Apple Inc. Configuring wireless accessory devices
EP2816760B1 (en) 2013-06-19 2019-07-31 Alcatel Lucent A method, a server and a client providing secured communication in a power distribution communication network
US10642645B2 (en) 2013-06-21 2020-05-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Network mode conflict resolution
US20140379884A1 (en) * 2013-06-21 2014-12-25 Microsoft Corporation Prioritization of network control operations
US9331900B2 (en) 2013-07-03 2016-05-03 Fortinet, Inc. Centralized management of access points
US9451381B2 (en) * 2013-08-06 2016-09-20 Time Warner Cable Enterprises Llc Automated provisioning of managed services in a Wi-Fi capable client device
US10333777B2 (en) * 2013-08-06 2019-06-25 Ciena Corporation Configuring a secure network infrastructure device
JP5901586B2 (en) * 2013-08-27 2016-04-13 ć‚¢ćƒ©ć‚Æć‚µćƒ©ćƒćƒƒćƒˆćƒÆćƒ¼ć‚Æć‚¹ę Ŗ式会ē¤¾ Relay device, communication system, and node setting information acquisition method
US9667436B2 (en) 2013-09-09 2017-05-30 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Method and apparatus for communicating with an access node
EP2854335A1 (en) * 2013-09-30 2015-04-01 British Telecommunications public limited company Data network management
US20150142937A1 (en) * 2013-11-18 2015-05-21 Lite-On Clean Energy Technology Corp. Method and system for remote equipment data installation
US10282346B1 (en) * 2014-02-05 2019-05-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Scalable network device self-configuration in large networks
US20150312102A1 (en) * 2014-02-18 2015-10-29 Seven Networks, Inc. Policy management for signaling optimization in a wireless network for traffic utilizing proprietary and non-proprietary protocols
KR101771024B1 (en) * 2014-08-01 2017-08-25 ģ‚¼ģ„±ģ „ģžģ£¼ģ‹ķšŒģ‚¬ Method and apparatus for generating user configurable user interface in a portable terminal
US9516700B1 (en) * 2014-09-25 2016-12-06 Google Inc. Cloud-based controller for managing access points
US9900212B2 (en) * 2014-11-03 2018-02-20 Sap Se Installation of an arbitrary server as an extension of a computing platform
CN112600716B (en) * 2014-11-28 2022-07-19 华äøŗꊀęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø Equipment configuration method, configuration device and management equipment
US9634961B2 (en) * 2014-12-18 2017-04-25 Allied Telesis Holdings Kabushiki Kaisha Automated configuration of network device
US10693724B1 (en) * 2015-02-25 2020-06-23 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Context-sensitive techniques for optimizing network connectivity
US9785412B1 (en) 2015-02-27 2017-10-10 Glue Networks, Inc. Methods and systems for object-oriented modeling of networks
US10862747B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2020-12-08 Airwatch Llc Single user device staging
US10333778B2 (en) 2015-03-25 2019-06-25 Airwatch, Llc Multiuser device staging
US10455055B2 (en) * 2015-04-02 2019-10-22 Avaya Inc. System and method for customization of a local application
US10374904B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2019-08-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. Diagnostic network visualization
GB2539639A (en) * 2015-06-02 2016-12-28 Sparkl Ltd Interaction of devices in a networked environment
US9967158B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2018-05-08 Cisco Technology, Inc. Interactive hierarchical network chord diagram for application dependency mapping
US10142353B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2018-11-27 Cisco Technology, Inc. System for monitoring and managing datacenters
US10536357B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2020-01-14 Cisco Technology, Inc. Late data detection in data center
US9740809B2 (en) * 2015-08-27 2017-08-22 Altera Corporation Efficient integrated circuits configuration data management
US10904082B1 (en) * 2015-09-09 2021-01-26 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Velocity prediction for network devices
US11216262B2 (en) * 2016-03-25 2022-01-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Device provisioning
US9800994B1 (en) * 2016-04-08 2017-10-24 Quest Software Inc. Systems and methods for cloud-based device configuration management of heterogeneous devices
JP6444932B2 (en) * 2016-04-15 2018-12-26 ćƒ•ć‚”ćƒŠćƒƒć‚Æę Ŗ式会ē¤¾ Server-based application software execution system
US10834554B2 (en) 2016-05-24 2020-11-10 Blackberry Limited Customization of device configuration settings
US10289438B2 (en) 2016-06-16 2019-05-14 Cisco Technology, Inc. Techniques for coordination of application components deployed on distributed virtual machines
US10708183B2 (en) 2016-07-21 2020-07-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method of providing segment routing as a service
CN107820262B (en) * 2016-09-13 2020-09-04 华äøŗꊀęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø Parameter configuration method, device and system
US10972388B2 (en) 2016-11-22 2021-04-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. Federated microburst detection
US10721121B2 (en) * 2016-12-11 2020-07-21 Nutanix, Inc. Methods for synchronizing configurations between computing systems using human computer interfaces
US10680843B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-06-09 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Network node
US10805241B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2020-10-13 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Database functions-defined network switch and database system
US11080274B2 (en) 2017-01-17 2021-08-03 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Best-efforts database functions
US10708152B2 (en) 2017-03-23 2020-07-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Predicting application and network performance
US10523512B2 (en) 2017-03-24 2019-12-31 Cisco Technology, Inc. Network agent for generating platform specific network policies
US10250446B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2019-04-02 Cisco Technology, Inc. Distributed policy store
US10594560B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2020-03-17 Cisco Technology, Inc. Intent driven network policy platform
US10764141B2 (en) 2017-03-27 2020-09-01 Cisco Technology, Inc. Network agent for reporting to a network policy system
US10873794B2 (en) 2017-03-28 2020-12-22 Cisco Technology, Inc. Flowlet resolution for application performance monitoring and management
US10938855B1 (en) * 2017-06-23 2021-03-02 Digi International Inc. Systems and methods for automatically and securely provisioning remote computer network infrastructure
US10644944B2 (en) * 2017-06-30 2020-05-05 Datamax-O'neil Corporation Managing a fleet of devices
US10977594B2 (en) 2017-06-30 2021-04-13 Datamax-O'neil Corporation Managing a fleet of devices
US10680887B2 (en) 2017-07-21 2020-06-09 Cisco Technology, Inc. Remote device status audit and recovery
US10554501B2 (en) 2017-10-23 2020-02-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. Network migration assistant
US10523541B2 (en) 2017-10-25 2019-12-31 Cisco Technology, Inc. Federated network and application data analytics platform
US10594542B2 (en) 2017-10-27 2020-03-17 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for network root cause analysis
US11128526B2 (en) * 2017-11-06 2021-09-21 Centurylink Intellectual Property Llc Method and system for restoring configuration settings of customer premises equipment
US10425281B2 (en) * 2017-11-10 2019-09-24 Cisco Technology, Inc. Automated network entity replacement based on historical topology consciousness
US10820176B2 (en) * 2017-12-22 2020-10-27 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Remote user equipment assessment for network connection provisioning
US11233821B2 (en) 2018-01-04 2022-01-25 Cisco Technology, Inc. Network intrusion counter-intelligence
US11019028B2 (en) * 2018-01-12 2021-05-25 Extreme Networks, Inc. Use of DHCP to automatically assign nicknames in a SPBM network
US10826803B2 (en) 2018-01-25 2020-11-03 Cisco Technology, Inc. Mechanism for facilitating efficient policy updates
US10574575B2 (en) 2018-01-25 2020-02-25 Cisco Technology, Inc. Network flow stitching using middle box flow stitching
US10999149B2 (en) 2018-01-25 2021-05-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. Automatic configuration discovery based on traffic flow data
US10798015B2 (en) 2018-01-25 2020-10-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. Discovery of middleboxes using traffic flow stitching
US11128700B2 (en) 2018-01-26 2021-09-21 Cisco Technology, Inc. Load balancing configuration based on traffic flow telemetry
US11540129B2 (en) * 2018-02-08 2022-12-27 Cable Television Laboratories, Inc. Systems and methods for virtual personal Wi-Fi network
IT201800002895A1 (en) * 2018-02-21 2019-08-21 Stmicroelectronics Application Gmbh PROCESSING SYSTEM, RELATED INTEGRATED CIRCUIT, DEVICE AND PROCEDURE
EP3531220B1 (en) * 2018-02-27 2020-09-02 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Field device and method for an automation system
WO2020040748A1 (en) * 2018-08-21 2020-02-27 Viasat, Inc. Automated configuration of devices of a remote network
FI128506B (en) * 2019-01-28 2020-06-30 Elisa Oyj Automated deployment in network
US11140031B2 (en) * 2019-07-26 2021-10-05 Juniper Networks, Inc. Intent aware contextual device configuration backup and restore
US10785104B1 (en) * 2019-07-26 2020-09-22 Accenture Global Solutions Limited Mechanism for automatic reconfiguration of stateful devices
US11310114B2 (en) 2019-08-14 2022-04-19 Cisco Technology, Inc. Industrial machine configuration using private wireless networking
TWI780372B (en) * 2019-10-30 2022-10-11 ē·Æå‰µč³‡é€šč‚”ä»½ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Equipment deploying system and method thereof
US20210135942A1 (en) * 2019-11-05 2021-05-06 Schneider Electric USA, Inc. Automatic device naming for fast device replacement
US11218360B2 (en) * 2019-12-09 2022-01-04 Quest Automated Services, LLC Automation system with edge computing
CN113014406B (en) * 2019-12-19 2023-10-24 é˜æé‡Œå·“å·“é›†å›¢ęŽ§č‚”ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Equipment deployment method, device, server and storage medium
CN114449557B (en) * 2020-11-06 2024-02-06 ę·±åœ³TclꖰꊀęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø Equipment distribution network fault positioning method, terminal and storage medium
US11368426B1 (en) * 2020-12-24 2022-06-21 Nile Global, Inc. Methods and systems of automatic network service initiation using a network service server
US20220255788A1 (en) * 2021-02-05 2022-08-11 Saudi Arabian Oil Company Systems and methods for managing devices on a wireless communications networks
CN113055867B (en) * 2021-03-08 2023-07-18 Oppoå¹æäøœē§»åŠØ通äæ”ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Terminal auxiliary network distribution method and device and electronic equipment
US11824735B1 (en) * 2022-03-30 2023-11-21 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Homogeneous pre-built isolated computing stacks for data center builds
CN116938669A (en) * 2022-03-31 2023-10-24 华äøŗꊀęœÆęœ‰é™å…¬åø Management method and device of network equipment
US20230325332A1 (en) * 2022-04-12 2023-10-12 Schneider Electric USA, Inc. Automatic naming and configuration of a replacement electronic device

Citations (635)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3641433A (en) 1969-06-09 1972-02-08 Us Air Force Transmitted reference synchronization system
US3906166A (en) 1973-10-17 1975-09-16 Motorola Inc Radio telephone system
US4168400A (en) 1977-03-31 1979-09-18 Compagnie Europeenne De Teletransmission (C.E.T.T.) Digital communication system
US4176316A (en) 1953-03-30 1979-11-27 International Telephone & Telegraph Corp. Secure single sideband communication system using modulated noise subcarrier
US4247908A (en) 1978-12-08 1981-01-27 Motorola, Inc. Re-linked portable data terminal controller system
US4291409A (en) 1978-06-20 1981-09-22 The Mitre Corporation Spread spectrum communications method and apparatus
US4291401A (en) 1978-11-30 1981-09-22 Ebauches Bettlach S.A. Device for securing a watch dial to a watch-movement plate
US4409470A (en) 1982-01-25 1983-10-11 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single-and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4460120A (en) 1982-01-25 1984-07-17 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow bodied, single- and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4475208A (en) 1982-01-18 1984-10-02 Ricketts James A Wired spread spectrum data communication system
US4494238A (en) 1982-06-30 1985-01-15 Motorola, Inc. Multiple channel data link system
US4500987A (en) 1981-11-24 1985-02-19 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Loop transmission system
US4503533A (en) 1981-08-20 1985-03-05 Stanford University Local area communication network utilizing a round robin access scheme with improved channel utilization
US4550414A (en) 1983-04-12 1985-10-29 Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Spread spectrum adaptive code tracker
US4562415A (en) 1984-06-22 1985-12-31 Motorola, Inc. Universal ultra-precision PSK modulator with time multiplexed modes of varying modulation types
US4630264A (en) 1984-09-21 1986-12-16 Wah Benjamin W Efficient contention-resolution protocol for local multiaccess networks
US4635221A (en) 1985-01-18 1987-01-06 Allied Corporation Frequency multiplexed convolver communication system
US4639914A (en) 1984-12-06 1987-01-27 At&T Bell Laboratories Wireless PBX/LAN system with optimum combining
US4644523A (en) 1984-03-23 1987-02-17 Sangamo Weston, Inc. System for improving signal-to-noise ratio in a direct sequence spread spectrum signal receiver
US4672658A (en) 1985-10-16 1987-06-09 At&T Company And At&T Bell Laboratories Spread spectrum wireless PBX
US4673805A (en) 1982-01-25 1987-06-16 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single- and twin-windowed portable scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4707839A (en) 1983-09-26 1987-11-17 Harris Corporation Spread spectrum correlator for recovering CCSK data from a PN spread MSK waveform
US4730340A (en) 1980-10-31 1988-03-08 Harris Corp. Programmable time invariant coherent spread symbol correlator
US4736095A (en) 1982-01-25 1988-04-05 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single- and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4740792A (en) 1986-08-27 1988-04-26 Hughes Aircraft Company Vehicle location system
US4758717A (en) 1982-01-25 1988-07-19 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single-and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4760586A (en) 1984-12-29 1988-07-26 Kyocera Corporation Spread spectrum communication system
US4789983A (en) 1987-03-05 1988-12-06 American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories Wireless network for wideband indoor communications
US4829540A (en) 1986-05-27 1989-05-09 Fairchild Weston Systems, Inc. Secure communication system for multiple remote units
US4850009A (en) 1986-05-12 1989-07-18 Clinicom Incorporated Portable handheld terminal including optical bar code reader and electromagnetic transceiver means for interactive wireless communication with a base communications station
US4872182A (en) 1988-03-08 1989-10-03 Harris Corporation Frequency management system for use in multistation H.F. communication network
US4894842A (en) 1987-10-15 1990-01-16 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Precorrelation digital spread spectrum receiver
US4901307A (en) 1986-10-17 1990-02-13 Qualcomm, Inc. Spread spectrum multiple access communication system using satellite or terrestrial repeaters
US4933952A (en) 1988-04-08 1990-06-12 Lmt Radioprofessionnelle Asynchronous digital correlator and demodulators including a correlator of this type
US4933953A (en) 1987-09-10 1990-06-12 Kabushiki Kaisha Kenwood Initial synchronization in spread spectrum receiver
US4955053A (en) 1990-03-16 1990-09-04 Reliance Comm/Tec Corporation Solid state ringing switch
US4995053A (en) 1987-02-11 1991-02-19 Hillier Technologies Limited Partnership Remote control system, components and methods
US5008899A (en) 1989-07-03 1991-04-16 Futaba Denshi Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Receiver for spectrum spread communication
US5027343A (en) 1989-04-21 1991-06-25 Northern Telecom Limited Remote test access system for ISDN testing
US5029183A (en) 1989-06-29 1991-07-02 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication network
US5103461A (en) 1989-06-29 1992-04-07 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Signal quality measure in packet data communication
US5103459A (en) 1990-06-25 1992-04-07 Qualcomm Incorporated System and method for generating signal waveforms in a cdma cellular telephone system
US5109390A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-04-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Diversity receiver in a cdma cellular telephone system
US5119502A (en) 1990-08-30 1992-06-02 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson Periodic system ordered rescan in a cellular communication system
US5142550A (en) 1989-06-29 1992-08-25 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication system
US5151919A (en) 1990-12-17 1992-09-29 Ericsson-Ge Mobile Communications Holding Inc. Cdma subtractive demodulation
US5157687A (en) 1989-06-29 1992-10-20 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication network
US5187575A (en) 1989-12-29 1993-02-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Source adaptive television system
US5231633A (en) 1990-07-11 1993-07-27 Codex Corporation Method for prioritizing, selectively discarding, and multiplexing differing traffic type fast packets
US5280498A (en) 1989-06-29 1994-01-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication system
US5285494A (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-08 Pactel Corporation Network management system
WO1994003986A1 (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-17 Airtouch Communications Computer-implemented modelling system for wireless communications systems
US5327144A (en) 1993-05-07 1994-07-05 Associated Rt, Inc. Cellular telephone location system
US5329531A (en) 1993-03-06 1994-07-12 Ncr Corporation Method of accessing a communication medium
US5339316A (en) 1992-11-13 1994-08-16 Ncr Corporation Wireless local area network system
US5371783A (en) 1991-05-29 1994-12-06 Video Technology Engineering, Ltd. Method for continually monitoring the status of a radio frequency link
US5418812A (en) 1992-06-26 1995-05-23 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Radio network initialization method and apparatus
US5432842A (en) 1991-03-19 1995-07-11 Hitachi, Ltd. Mobile communication switching across cell boundaries
US5444851A (en) 1990-01-30 1995-08-22 Johnson Service Company Method of accessing configured nodes in a facilities management system with a non-configured device
US5448569A (en) 1994-04-12 1995-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Handoff monitoring in cellular communication networks using slow frequency hopping
US5450615A (en) 1993-12-22 1995-09-12 At&T Corp. Prediction of indoor electromagnetic wave propagation for wireless indoor systems
US5465401A (en) 1992-12-15 1995-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
US5483676A (en) 1988-08-04 1996-01-09 Norand Corporation Mobile radio data communication system and method
US5488569A (en) 1993-12-20 1996-01-30 At&T Corp. Application-oriented telecommunication system interface
US5491644A (en) 1993-09-07 1996-02-13 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Cell engineering tool and methods
US5517495A (en) 1994-12-06 1996-05-14 At&T Corp. Fair prioritized scheduling in an input-buffered switch
US5519762A (en) 1994-12-21 1996-05-21 At&T Corp. Adaptive power cycling for a cordless telephone
US5528621A (en) 1989-06-29 1996-06-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication system
US5542100A (en) 1991-06-06 1996-07-30 Sony Corporation Mobile communication system
US5546389A (en) 1993-07-13 1996-08-13 Alcatel N.V. Method of controlling access to a buffer and a device for temporary storage of data packets and an exchange with such a device
US5561841A (en) 1992-01-23 1996-10-01 Nokia Telecommunication Oy Method and apparatus for planning a cellular radio network by creating a model on a digital map adding properties and optimizing parameters, based on statistical simulation results
US5568513A (en) 1993-05-11 1996-10-22 Ericsson Inc. Standby power savings with cumulative parity check in mobile phones
US5570366A (en) 1994-12-08 1996-10-29 International Business Machines Corporation Broadcast/multicast filtering by the bridge-based access point
US5584048A (en) 1990-08-17 1996-12-10 Motorola, Inc. Beacon based packet radio standby energy saver
US5598532A (en) 1993-10-21 1997-01-28 Optimal Networks Method and apparatus for optimizing computer networks
US5604869A (en) 1993-07-09 1997-02-18 Apple Computer, Inc. System and method for sending and responding to information requests in a communications network
US5630207A (en) 1995-06-19 1997-05-13 Lucent Technologies Inc. Methods and apparatus for bandwidth reduction in a two-way paging system
US5640414A (en) 1992-03-05 1997-06-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile station assisted soft handoff in a CDMA cellular communications system
US5649289A (en) 1995-07-10 1997-07-15 Motorola, Inc. Flexible mobility management in a two-way messaging system and method therefor
US5668803A (en) 1989-06-29 1997-09-16 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Protocol for packet data communication system
US5670964A (en) 1993-09-09 1997-09-23 Ericsson Inc. Navigation assistance for call handling in mobile telephone systems
US5677954A (en) 1993-07-07 1997-10-14 Ntt Mobile Communications Network, Inc. Cryptical control method for personal communication
US5706428A (en) 1996-03-14 1998-01-06 Lucent Technologies Inc. Multirate wireless data communication system
US5715304A (en) 1992-12-17 1998-02-03 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Private branch exchange
US5729542A (en) 1995-06-28 1998-03-17 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for communication system access
US5734699A (en) 1995-05-04 1998-03-31 Interwave Communications International, Ltd. Cellular private branch exchanges
US5742592A (en) 1995-09-01 1998-04-21 Motorola, Inc. Method for communicating data in a wireless communication system
US5774460A (en) 1993-08-05 1998-06-30 Krone Aktiengesellschaft Local ISDN radio transmission system
US5793303A (en) 1995-06-20 1998-08-11 Nec Corporation Radio pager with touch sensitive display panel inactive during message reception
US5794128A (en) 1995-09-20 1998-08-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Apparatus and processes for realistic simulation of wireless information transport systems
US5796839A (en) 1995-10-16 1998-08-18 Sony Corporation Encryption method, encryption apparatus, recording method, decoding method, decoding apparatus and recording medium
US5815811A (en) 1989-06-29 1998-09-29 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Preemptive roaming in a cellular local area wireless network
US5818385A (en) 1994-06-10 1998-10-06 Bartholomew; Darin E. Antenna system and method
US5828653A (en) 1996-04-26 1998-10-27 Cascade Communications Corp. Quality of service priority subclasses
US5828960A (en) 1995-03-31 1998-10-27 Motorola, Inc. Method for wireless communication system planning
US5835061A (en) 1995-06-06 1998-11-10 Wayport, Inc. Method and apparatus for geographic-based communications service
US5838907A (en) 1996-02-20 1998-11-17 Compaq Computer Corporation Configuration manager for network devices and an associated method for providing configuration information thereto
US5844900A (en) 1996-09-23 1998-12-01 Proxim, Inc. Method and apparatus for optimizing a medium access control protocol
US5852722A (en) 1996-02-29 1998-12-22 Sun Microsystems, Inc. System and method for automatic configuration of home network computers
US5862475A (en) 1994-02-24 1999-01-19 Gte Mobile Communications Service Corporation Communication system that supports wireless remote programming process
US5872968A (en) 1996-10-16 1999-02-16 International Business Machines Corporation Data processing network with boot process using multiple servers
US5875179A (en) 1996-10-29 1999-02-23 Proxim, Inc. Method and apparatus for synchronized communication over wireless backbone architecture
WO1999011003A1 (en) 1997-08-29 1999-03-04 Extreme Networks Policy based quality of service
US5887259A (en) 1994-02-24 1999-03-23 Gte Mobile Communications Service Corporation Multiple mode personal wireless communications system
GB2329801A (en) 1996-03-22 1999-03-31 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd System for the detection of the position of a radio mobile station
US5896561A (en) 1992-04-06 1999-04-20 Intermec Ip Corp. Communication network having a dormant polling protocol
US5909686A (en) 1997-06-30 1999-06-01 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Hardware-assisted central processing unit access to a forwarding database
US5915214A (en) 1995-02-23 1999-06-22 Reece; Richard W. Mobile communication service provider selection system
US5920821A (en) 1995-12-04 1999-07-06 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Use of cellular digital packet data (CDPD) communications to convey system identification list data to roaming cellular subscriber stations
US5933607A (en) 1993-06-07 1999-08-03 Telstra Corporation Limited Digital communication system for simultaneous transmission of data from constant and variable rate sources
US5938721A (en) 1996-10-24 1999-08-17 Trimble Navigation Limited Position based personal digital assistant
US5949988A (en) 1996-07-16 1999-09-07 Lucent Technologies Inc. Prediction system for RF power distribution
US5953669A (en) 1997-12-11 1999-09-14 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for predicting signal characteristics in a wireless communication system
US5960335A (en) 1995-07-21 1999-09-28 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Digital radio communication apparatus with a RSSI information measuring function
US5970066A (en) 1996-12-12 1999-10-19 Paradyne Corporation Virtual ethernet interface
US5977913A (en) 1997-02-07 1999-11-02 Dominion Wireless Method and apparatus for tracking and locating personnel
US5980078A (en) 1997-02-14 1999-11-09 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. Process control system including automatic sensing and automatic configuration of devices
US5982779A (en) 1997-05-28 1999-11-09 Lucent Technologies Inc. Priority access for real-time traffic in contention-based networks
US5987328A (en) 1997-04-24 1999-11-16 Ephremides; Anthony Method and device for placement of transmitters in wireless networks
US5987062A (en) 1995-12-15 1999-11-16 Netwave Technologies, Inc. Seamless roaming for wireless local area networks
US5991817A (en) 1996-09-06 1999-11-23 Cisco Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for a network router
US6005853A (en) 1995-10-13 1999-12-21 Gwcom, Inc. Wireless network access scheme
US6012088A (en) 1996-12-10 2000-01-04 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic configuration for internet access device
US6011784A (en) 1996-12-18 2000-01-04 Motorola, Inc. Communication system and method using asynchronous and isochronous spectrum for voice and data
WO2000006271A1 (en) 1998-07-31 2000-02-10 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Method of starting up information processing apparatus, recording medium, and information processing apparatus
US6029196A (en) 1997-06-18 2000-02-22 Netscape Communications Corporation Automatic client configuration system
US6041358A (en) 1996-11-12 2000-03-21 Industrial Technology Research Inst. Method for maintaining virtual local area networks with mobile terminals in an ATM network
US6041240A (en) 1994-01-05 2000-03-21 Thomson Consumer Electronics Inc. Clear channel selection system for a cordless telephone
WO2000018148A1 (en) 1998-09-22 2000-03-30 Ppm, Inc. Location determination using rf fingerprinting
EP0992921A2 (en) 1998-09-29 2000-04-12 Lucent Technologies Inc. Computer access dependent on the location of the accessing terminal
US6070243A (en) 1997-06-13 2000-05-30 Xylan Corporation Deterministic user authentication service for communication network
US6073075A (en) 1995-11-01 2000-06-06 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and system for providing information for a mobile terminal
US6073152A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-06-06 Sarnoff Corporation Method and apparatus for filtering signals using a gamma delay line based estimation of power spectrum
US6078568A (en) 1997-02-25 2000-06-20 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Multiple access communication network with dynamic access control
US6088591A (en) 1996-06-28 2000-07-11 Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc. Cellular system hand-off protocol
US6101539A (en) 1998-10-02 2000-08-08 Kennelly; Richard J. Dynamic presentation of management objectives based on administrator privileges
US6115390A (en) 1997-10-14 2000-09-05 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Bandwidth reservation and collision resolution method for multiple access communication networks where remote hosts send reservation requests to a base station for randomly chosen minislots
US6118771A (en) 1996-03-14 2000-09-12 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba System and method for controlling communication
US6119009A (en) 1997-09-18 2000-09-12 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for modeling the propagation of wireless signals in buildings
US6122520A (en) 1998-02-13 2000-09-19 Xerox Corporation System and method for obtaining and using location specific information
US6144638A (en) 1997-05-09 2000-11-07 Bbn Corporation Multi-tenant unit
US6148199A (en) 1998-01-30 2000-11-14 Motorola, Inc. Apparatus and method of updating a mobility database
US6154776A (en) 1998-03-20 2000-11-28 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Quality of service allocation on a network
US6160804A (en) 1998-11-13 2000-12-12 Lucent Technologies Inc. Mobility management for a multimedia mobile network
US6177905B1 (en) 1998-12-08 2001-01-23 Avaya Technology Corp. Location-triggered reminder for mobile user devices
US6188649B1 (en) 1996-06-28 2001-02-13 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for reading magnetic super resolution type magneto-optical recording medium
US6199032B1 (en) 1997-07-23 2001-03-06 Edx Engineering, Inc. Presenting an output signal generated by a receiving device in a simulated communication system
US6208841B1 (en) 1999-05-03 2001-03-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Environmental simulator for a wireless communication device
US6208629B1 (en) 1996-04-30 2001-03-27 3Com Corporation Method and apparatus for assigning spectrum of a local area network
WO2000054149A3 (en) 1999-03-10 2001-04-05 Automation Control Products Ll Methods and systems for reduced configuration dependency in thin client applications
US6218930B1 (en) 1999-03-10 2001-04-17 Merlot Communications Apparatus and method for remotely powering access equipment over a 10/100 switched ethernet network
US6240291B1 (en) 1999-09-09 2001-05-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stamford Junior University Method for handoff in wireless communication systems using pattern recognition
US6240078B1 (en) 1997-08-20 2001-05-29 Nec Usa, Inc. ATM switching architecture for a wireless telecommunications network
US6240083B1 (en) 1997-02-25 2001-05-29 Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson Multiple access communication network with combined contention and reservation mode access
US6246751B1 (en) 1997-08-11 2001-06-12 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and methods for user identification to deny access or service to unauthorized users
US6249252B1 (en) 1996-09-09 2001-06-19 Tracbeam Llc Wireless location using multiple location estimators
US6256334B1 (en) 1997-03-18 2001-07-03 Fujitsu Limited Base station apparatus for radiocommunication network, method of controlling communication across radiocommunication network, radiocommunication network system, and radio terminal apparatus
US6259405B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2001-07-10 Wayport, Inc. Geographic based communications service
US20010007567A1 (en) 2000-01-07 2001-07-12 Satoshi Ando Address management apparatus and address management method
US6262988B1 (en) 1998-03-11 2001-07-17 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for subnetting in a switched IP network
US6285662B1 (en) 1999-05-14 2001-09-04 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Apparatus, and associated method for selecting a size of a contention window for a packet of data system
US20010024953A1 (en) 2000-02-24 2001-09-27 Peter Balogh Method and equipment for supporting mobility in a telecommunication system
US6304596B1 (en) 1997-05-09 2001-10-16 Broadcom Homenetworking, Inc. Method and apparatus for reducing signal processing requirements for transmitting packet-based data with a modem
US6304906B1 (en) 1998-08-06 2001-10-16 Hewlett-Packard Company Method and systems for allowing data service system to provide class-based services to its users
US6317599B1 (en) 1999-05-26 2001-11-13 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. Method and system for automated optimization of antenna positioning in 3-D
US6336152B1 (en) 1994-05-27 2002-01-01 Microsoft Corporation Method for automatically configuring devices including a network adapter without manual intervention and without prior configuration information
US6336035B1 (en) 1998-11-19 2002-01-01 Nortel Networks Limited Tools for wireless network planning
US6347091B1 (en) 1998-06-19 2002-02-12 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for dynamically adapting a connection state in a mobile communications system
US20020021701A1 (en) 2000-08-21 2002-02-21 Lavian Tal I. Dynamic assignment of traffic classes to a priority queue in a packet forwarding device
US6356758B1 (en) 1997-12-31 2002-03-12 Nortel Networks Limited Wireless tools for data manipulation and visualization
US20020040352A1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-04-04 Mccormick Eamonn J. Method and system for producing an electronic business network
US20020052205A1 (en) 2000-01-26 2002-05-02 Vyyo, Ltd. Quality of service scheduling scheme for a broadband wireless access system
US6393290B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-05-21 Lucent Technologies Inc. Cost based model for wireless architecture
US20020060995A1 (en) 2000-07-07 2002-05-23 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Dynamic channel selection scheme for IEEE 802.11 WLANs
US20020062384A1 (en) 1998-03-06 2002-05-23 Tso Michael M. Method of proxy-assisted predictive pre-fetching
US6397040B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2002-05-28 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Telecommunications apparatus and method
US20020069278A1 (en) 2000-12-05 2002-06-06 Forsloew Jan Network-based mobile workgroup system
US6404772B1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-06-11 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Voice and data wireless communications network and method
US20020078361A1 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-20 David Giroux Information security architecture for encrypting documents for remote access while maintaining access control
US20020080790A1 (en) 1998-08-11 2002-06-27 Beshai Maged E. Universal transfer method and network with distributed switch
US20020082913A1 (en) 2000-12-22 2002-06-27 Weijun Li Advertising enabled digital content
US20020087699A1 (en) 2000-07-31 2002-07-04 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Dynamic QoS management in differentiated services using bandwidth brokers, RSVP aggregation and load control protocols
US6421714B1 (en) 1997-10-14 2002-07-16 Lucent Technologies Efficient mobility management scheme for a wireless internet access system
US20020094824A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2002-07-18 Kennedy Joseph P. Method and system for applying wireless geolocation technology
US20020095486A1 (en) 2001-01-12 2002-07-18 Paramvir Bahl Systems and methods for locating mobile computer users in a wireless network
US20020101868A1 (en) 2001-01-30 2002-08-01 David Clear Vlan tunneling protocol
US6429879B1 (en) 1997-09-30 2002-08-06 Compaq Computer Corporation Customization schemes for content presentation in a device with converged functionality
US20020116655A1 (en) 2001-02-16 2002-08-22 Gemini Networks, Inc. System, method, and computer program product for dynamic bandwidth quality of service (QoS) provisioning
US6446206B1 (en) 1998-04-01 2002-09-03 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for access control of a message queue
US6456239B1 (en) 1999-08-25 2002-09-24 Rf Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for locating mobile tags
US6470025B1 (en) 1998-06-05 2002-10-22 3Com Technologies System for providing fair access for VLANs to a shared transmission medium
US20020157020A1 (en) 2001-04-20 2002-10-24 Coby Royer Firewall for protecting electronic commerce databases from malicious hackers
US6473449B1 (en) 1994-02-17 2002-10-29 Proxim, Inc. High-data-rate wireless local-area network
WO2002089442A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Nokia Corporation Improvements in and relating to content delivery
US20020174137A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-11-21 Wolff Daniel Joseph Repairing alterations to computer files
US6487604B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-11-26 Nortel Networks Limited Route monitoring graphical user interface, system and method
US20020176437A1 (en) 2001-05-08 2002-11-28 Patrick Busch Wireless LAN with channel swapping between DFS access points
US6493679B1 (en) 1999-05-26 2002-12-10 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. Method and system for managing a real time bill of materials
US20020188756A1 (en) 2001-05-03 2002-12-12 Nortel Networks Limited Route protection in a communication network
US6496290B1 (en) 1998-01-31 2002-12-17 Lg Telecom, Inc. Optic repeater system for extending coverage
US20020191572A1 (en) 2001-06-04 2002-12-19 Nec Usa, Inc. Apparatus for public access mobility lan and method of operation thereof
US20020194251A1 (en) 2000-03-03 2002-12-19 Richter Roger K. Systems and methods for resource usage accounting in information management environments
US20030014646A1 (en) 2001-07-05 2003-01-16 Buddhikot Milind M. Scheme for authentication and dynamic key exchange
US20030018661A1 (en) 2001-07-19 2003-01-23 Darugar Parand Tony XML smart mapping system and method
US20030018889A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-01-23 Burnett Keith L. Automated establishment of addressability of a network device for a target network enviroment
US6512916B1 (en) 2000-02-23 2003-01-28 America Connect, Inc. Method for selecting markets in which to deploy fixed wireless communication systems
US6526275B1 (en) 2000-04-24 2003-02-25 Motorola, Inc. Method for informing a user of a communication device where to obtain a product and communication system employing same
US20030043073A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2003-03-06 Gray Matthew K. Position detection and location tracking in a wireless network
US6535732B1 (en) 1995-05-04 2003-03-18 Interwave Communications International, Ltd. Cellular network having a concentrated base transceiver station and a plurality of remote transceivers
US20030055959A1 (en) 2001-08-27 2003-03-20 Kazuhiko Sato Method and system for managing computer network and non-network activities
US6564380B1 (en) 1999-01-26 2003-05-13 Pixelworld Networks, Inc. System and method for sending live video on the internet
US6567146B2 (en) 1997-10-06 2003-05-20 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device having external connecting wirings and auxiliary wirings
US6567416B1 (en) 1997-10-14 2003-05-20 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method for access control in a multiple access system for communications networks
US6570867B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2003-05-27 Nortel Networks Limited Routes and paths management
US6574240B1 (en) 2000-01-19 2003-06-03 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Apparatus and method for implementing distributed layer 3 learning in a network switch
US20030107590A1 (en) 2001-11-07 2003-06-12 Phillippe Levillain Policy rule management for QoS provisioning
US6580700B1 (en) 1995-10-27 2003-06-17 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Data rate algorithms for use in wireless local area networks
US6584494B1 (en) 1998-12-18 2003-06-24 Fujitsu Limited Communication support method and communication support system
US20030120764A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-06-26 Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. Real-time monitoring of services through aggregation view
US6587835B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2003-07-01 G. Victor Treyz Shopping assistance with handheld computing device
US6587680B1 (en) 1999-11-23 2003-07-01 Nokia Corporation Transfer of security association during a mobile terminal handover
US20030134642A1 (en) 2001-11-19 2003-07-17 At&T Corp. WLAN having load balancing by access point admission/termination
US20030133450A1 (en) 2002-01-08 2003-07-17 Baum Robert T. Methods and apparatus for determining the port and/or physical location of an IP device and for using that information
US20030135762A1 (en) 2002-01-09 2003-07-17 Peel Wireless, Inc. Wireless networks security system
US20030145081A1 (en) 2002-01-31 2003-07-31 Lau Richard C. Service performance correlation and analysis
US6603970B1 (en) 1998-06-12 2003-08-05 Alcatel Communications network system with discrete terminal mobility and remote user registration associated with said mobility
US20030156586A1 (en) 2002-02-19 2003-08-21 Broadcom Corporation Method and apparatus for flexible frame processing and classification engine
JP2003234751A (en) 2002-02-08 2003-08-22 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Dynamic vlan system, tag converter and authentication server
US6615276B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2003-09-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for a centralized facility for administering and performing connectivity and information management tasks for a mobile user
US6614787B1 (en) 1999-03-30 2003-09-02 3Com Corporation System and method for efficiently handling multicast packets by aggregating VLAN context
US20030174706A1 (en) 2002-03-15 2003-09-18 Broadcom Corporation Fastpath implementation for transparent local area network (LAN) services over multiprotocol label switching (MPLS)
US6624762B1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-09-23 Unisys Corporation Hardware-based, LZW data compression co-processor
US6625454B1 (en) 2000-08-04 2003-09-23 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. Method and system for designing or deploying a communications network which considers frequency dependent effects
JP2003274454A (en) 2002-03-13 2003-09-26 Ntt Docomo Inc Wireless communication terminal, wireless communication module, program, recording medium, wireless communication network, and communication control method
US6631267B1 (en) 1999-11-04 2003-10-07 Lucent Technologies Inc. Road-based evaluation and interpolation of wireless network parameters
US20030193910A1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-10-16 Docomo Communications Laboratories Usa, Inc. Context aware application level triggering mechanism for pre-authentication, service adaptation, pre-caching and handover in a heterogeneous network environment
WO2003085544A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2003-10-16 Airmagnet, Inc. Detecting an unauthorized station in a wireless local area network
US20030204596A1 (en) 2002-04-29 2003-10-30 Satyendra Yadav Application-based network quality of service provisioning
US6650912B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2003-11-18 Qualcomm, Incorporated Selecting paging channel mode
US6658389B1 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-12-02 Ahmet Alpdemir System, method, and business model for speech-interactive information system having business self-promotion, audio coupon and rating features
US6661787B1 (en) 1998-05-21 2003-12-09 3Com Technologies Integrated data table in a network
US6659947B1 (en) 2000-07-13 2003-12-09 Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. Wireless LAN architecture for integrated time-critical and non-time-critical services within medical facilities
US20030227934A1 (en) 2002-06-11 2003-12-11 White Eric D. System and method for multicast media access using broadcast transmissions with multiple acknowledgements in an Ad-Hoc communications network
US20040003285A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Robert Whelan System and method for detecting unauthorized wireless access points
US20040002343A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. Location determination in a wireless communication network
US6678802B2 (en) 2001-02-24 2004-01-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling access by a plurality of concurrently operating processes to a resource
US6678516B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2004-01-13 Nokia Corporation Method, system, and apparatus for providing services in a privacy enabled mobile and Ubicom environment
US6677894B2 (en) 1998-04-28 2004-01-13 Snaptrack, Inc Method and apparatus for providing location-based information via a computer network
US20040008652A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-01-15 Tanzella Fred C. System and method for sensing wireless LAN activity
JP2004032525A (en) 2002-06-27 2004-01-29 Nec Corp USER AUTHENTICATION QoS POLICY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND LAN SWITCH
US20040019857A1 (en) 2002-01-31 2004-01-29 Steven Teig Method and apparatus for specifying encoded sub-networks
US6687498B2 (en) 2000-08-14 2004-02-03 Vesuvius Inc. Communique system with noncontiguous communique coverage areas in cellular communication networks
US20040025044A1 (en) 2002-07-30 2004-02-05 Day Christopher W. Intrusion detection system
US20040030931A1 (en) 2002-08-12 2004-02-12 Chamandy Alexander G. System and method for providing enhanced network security
US20040030777A1 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-02-12 Reedy Dennis G. Systems and methods for providing dynamic quality of service for a distributed system
US20040029580A1 (en) 2002-01-18 2004-02-12 Nokia Corporation Method, system and device for service selection via a wireless local area network
WO2004013986A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. A method for grouping 802.11 stations into authorized service sets to differentiate network access and services
US6697415B1 (en) 1996-06-03 2004-02-24 Broadcom Corporation Spread spectrum transceiver module utilizing multiple mode transmission
US20040038687A1 (en) 1999-12-29 2004-02-26 Roderick Nelson Monitoring network performance using individual cell phone location and performance information
US20040044749A1 (en) 2002-08-30 2004-03-04 Harkin Arthur S. Method and system for controlling class of service admission to a server
US20040049699A1 (en) 2002-09-06 2004-03-11 Capital One Financial Corporation System and method for remotely monitoring wireless networks
US20040047320A1 (en) 2002-09-09 2004-03-11 Siemens Canada Limited Wireless local area network with clients having extended freedom of movement
US20040054774A1 (en) 2002-05-04 2004-03-18 Instant802 Networks Inc. Using wireless network access points for monitoring radio spectrum traffic and interference
US20040053632A1 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-03-18 Nikkelen Vincent Johannes Wilhelmus Distributing shared network access information in a shared network mobile communications system
US20040054926A1 (en) 2002-09-11 2004-03-18 Wholepoint Corporation Peer connected device for protecting access to local area networks
US20040054569A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2004-03-18 Alvaro Pombo Contextual computing system
US20040062267A1 (en) 2002-03-06 2004-04-01 Minami John Shigeto Gigabit Ethernet adapter supporting the iSCSI and IPSEC protocols
US20040064560A1 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-01 Cisco Technology, Inc., A California Corporation Per user per service traffic provisioning
US20040064591A1 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-01 Erwin Noble Dynamic network configuration
US20040068668A1 (en) 2002-10-08 2004-04-08 Broadcom Corporation Enterprise wireless local area network switching system
US6721548B1 (en) 1999-12-22 2004-04-13 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. High dynamic range low ripple RSSI for zero-IF or low-IF receivers
US6721334B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2004-04-13 3Com Corporation Method and apparatus for packet aggregation in packet-based network
US6725260B1 (en) 1998-09-11 2004-04-20 L.V. Partners, L.P. Method and apparatus for configuring configurable equipment with configuration information received from a remote location
US20040093506A1 (en) 1998-03-24 2004-05-13 Symantec Corporation Bubble-protected system for automatic decryption of file data on a per-use basis and automatic re-encryption
US6738629B1 (en) 2000-05-10 2004-05-18 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method for flood paging in a telecommunications network
US20040095914A1 (en) 2002-11-19 2004-05-20 Toshiba America Research, Inc. Quality of service (QoS) assurance system using data transmission control
US20040095932A1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-05-20 Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc. Method for SIP - mobility and mobile - IP coexistence
US20040106403A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-06-03 Nec Infrontia Corporation Method and system for QoS control using wireless LAN network, its base station, and terminal
US20040111640A1 (en) 2002-01-08 2004-06-10 Baum Robert T. IP based security applications using location, port and/or device identifier information
US20040114546A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-06-17 Nambirajan Seshadri System and method for providing a mesh network using a plurality of wireless access points (WAPs)
US20040120370A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2004-06-24 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Mounting arrangement for high-frequency electro-optical components
US20040119641A1 (en) 1999-09-07 2004-06-24 Rapeli Juha Heikki Antero Method of calculating the position of a mobile radio station based on shortest propagation time
US6756940B2 (en) 2001-12-18 2004-06-29 Intel Corporation Remote terminal location algorithm
US6760324B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2004-07-06 Array Telecom Corporation Method, system, and computer program product for providing voice over the internet communication
US20040132438A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-07-08 Att Wireless Services Inc Automated Device Behavior Management Based 0n Preset Preferences
US20040143755A1 (en) 1999-11-18 2004-07-22 Jaycor Secure segregation of data of two or more domains or trust realms transmitted through a common data channel
US20040143428A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-07-22 Rappaport Theodore S. System and method for automated placement or configuration of equipment for obtaining desired network performance objectives
EP1445893A2 (en) 2002-12-31 2004-08-11 Vioteq Oy Management of wireless local area network
US20040165545A1 (en) 2003-02-21 2004-08-26 Qwest Communications International Inc. Systems and methods for creating a wireless network
US6785275B1 (en) 2000-03-13 2004-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for creating small group multicast over an existing unicast packet network
US6788938B1 (en) 1999-05-31 2004-09-07 Sony Corporation Construction method of radio network system and radio transmission device
US20040174900A1 (en) 2003-03-06 2004-09-09 Incucomm, Inc. A Delaware Corporation Method and system for providing broadband multimedia services
US20040184475A1 (en) 2003-03-21 2004-09-23 Robert Meier Method for a simple 802.11e HCF implementation
US6798788B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2004-09-28 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Arrangement determining policies for layer 3 frame fragments in a network switch
US20040193709A1 (en) 2003-03-24 2004-09-30 Selvaggi Christopher David Methods, systems and computer program products for evaluating network performance using diagnostic rules
US6801782B2 (en) 1999-08-02 2004-10-05 Itt Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining the position of a mobile communication device
US20040208570A1 (en) 2003-04-18 2004-10-21 Reader Scot A. Wavelength-oriented virtual networks
US20040214572A1 (en) 2000-04-18 2004-10-28 Wayport, Inc. System and method for concurrently utilizing multiple system identifiers
US20040221042A1 (en) 2003-04-30 2004-11-04 Meier Robert C. Mobile ethernet
WO2004095800A1 (en) 2003-04-17 2004-11-04 Cisco Technology, Inc 802.11 using a compressed reassociation exchange to facilitate fast handoff
US20040230370A1 (en) 2003-05-12 2004-11-18 Assimakis Tzamaloukas Enhanced mobile communication device with extended radio, and applications
US20040236702A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2004-11-25 Fink Ian M. User fraud detection and prevention of access to a distributed network communication system
US20040233234A1 (en) 2003-05-22 2004-11-25 International Business Machines Corporation Appparatus and method for automating the diagramming of virtual local area networks
US6826399B1 (en) 2000-06-30 2004-11-30 Motorola, Inc. Apparatus and method of updating a mobility database
US20040246937A1 (en) 2003-06-03 2004-12-09 Francis Duong Providing contention free quality of service to time constrained data
US20040246962A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2004-12-09 Kopeikin Roy A. Dynamically assignable resource class system to directly map 3GPP subscriber communications to a MPLS-based protocol
US20040255167A1 (en) 2003-04-28 2004-12-16 Knight James Michael Method and system for remote network security management
US20040252656A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2004-12-16 Shiu Da-Shan Inter-frequency neighbor list searching
US20040259552A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-12-23 Sony Corporation Radio communication system, radio communication apparatus and method, and program
US20040259575A1 (en) 1998-09-22 2004-12-23 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location determination using RF fingerprints
US20040259555A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2004-12-23 Rappaport Theodore S. System and method for predicting network performance and position location using multiple table lookups
US6839348B2 (en) 1999-04-30 2005-01-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for distributing multicasts in virtual local area networks
US6839338B1 (en) 2002-03-20 2005-01-04 Utstarcom Incorporated Method to provide dynamic internet protocol security policy service
US6839388B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2005-01-04 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. System and method for providing frequency domain synchronization for single carrier signals
US20050015592A1 (en) 2003-07-15 2005-01-20 Jeou-Kai Lin System and method for application and user-based class of security
US6847892B2 (en) 2001-10-29 2005-01-25 Digital Angel Corporation System for localizing and sensing objects and providing alerts
US6847620B1 (en) 1999-05-13 2005-01-25 Intermec Ip Corp. Mobile virtual LAN
US20050021979A1 (en) 2003-06-05 2005-01-27 Ulrich Wiedmann Methods and systems of remote authentication for computer networks
US20050025105A1 (en) 2003-07-30 2005-02-03 Seon-Soo Rue Apparatus and method for processing packets in wireless local area network access point
US20050026611A1 (en) 2003-02-24 2005-02-03 Floyd Backes Wireless access point protocol method
US20050025103A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-03 Ming-Chih Ko Automatic recognition system for use in a wireless local area network (LAN)
US20050030929A1 (en) 2003-07-15 2005-02-10 Highwall Technologies, Llc Device and method for detecting unauthorized, "rogue" wireless LAN access points
US20050030894A1 (en) 2003-08-04 2005-02-10 Stephens Adrian P. Techniques for channel access and transmit queue selection
US6856800B1 (en) 2001-05-14 2005-02-15 At&T Corp. Fast authentication and access control system for mobile networking
US20050037733A1 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-02-17 3E Technologies, International, Inc. Method and system for wireless intrusion detection prevention and security management
US20050037818A1 (en) 2003-05-28 2005-02-17 Nambirajan Seshadri Providing a universal wireless headset
US20050040968A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-24 Chanakya Damarla Method for RF fingerprinting
US20050050540A1 (en) 2003-08-25 2005-03-03 Jay Shaughnessy Software agents incorporating message-driven beans for J2EE computing environment
US6865609B1 (en) 1999-08-17 2005-03-08 Sharewave, Inc. Multimedia extensions for wireless local area network
US20050054350A1 (en) 2003-08-26 2005-03-10 Chris Zegelin Real time location system
US20050054326A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Todd Rogers Method and system for securing and monitoring a wireless network
US20050058132A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2005-03-17 Fujitsu Limited Network repeater apparatus, network repeater method and network repeater program
US20050059405A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-03-17 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Simulation driven wireless LAN planning
US20050059406A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-03-17 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless LAN measurement feedback
US20050064873A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-24 Jeyhan Karaoguz Automatic quality of service based resource allocation
US20050068925A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2005-03-31 Stephen Palm Wireless access point setup and management within wireless local area network
US20050073980A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-04-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless LAN management
US6879812B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-04-12 Networks Associates Technology Inc. Portable computing device and associated method for analyzing a wireless local area network
US20050078644A1 (en) 2003-10-14 2005-04-14 Intel Corporation Service discovery architecture and method for wireless networks
US20050097618A1 (en) 2003-11-04 2005-05-05 Universal Electronics Inc. System and method for saving and recalling state data for media and home appliances
US20050114649A1 (en) 2002-03-27 2005-05-26 Challener David C. Methods apparatus and program products for wireless access points
US6901439B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2005-05-31 Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. Method of adding a device to a network
US20050120125A1 (en) 2002-03-29 2005-06-02 Widevine Technologies, Inc. Process and streaming server for encrypting a data stream to a virtual smart card client system
US20050122927A1 (en) 2003-01-29 2005-06-09 Conexant, Inc. Power management for wireless direct link
US20050122977A1 (en) 2003-12-05 2005-06-09 Microsoft Corporation Efficient download mechanism for devices with limited local storage
US20050128142A1 (en) 2003-12-10 2005-06-16 Chang-Sub Shin Base station and mobile terminal for location detection, and location detecting method
US20050128989A1 (en) 2003-12-08 2005-06-16 Airtight Networks, Inc Method and system for monitoring a selected region of an airspace associated with local area networks of computing devices
US20050144237A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-06-30 Rafael Heredia Instant messaging terminal adapted for Wi-Fi access points
US20050147032A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 Lyon Norman A. Apportionment of traffic management functions between devices in packet-based communication networks
US6917688B2 (en) 2002-09-11 2005-07-12 Nanyang Technological University Adaptive noise cancelling microphone system
US20050157730A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2005-07-21 Grant Robert H. Configuration management for transparent gateways in heterogeneous storage networks
US20050159154A1 (en) 2003-12-30 2005-07-21 Goren David P. Location tracking using directional antennas combined with signal strength measurements
US20050163078A1 (en) 2004-01-22 2005-07-28 Toshiba America Research, Inc. Mobility architecture using pre-authentication, pre-configuration and/or virtual soft-handoff
US20050163146A1 (en) 2004-01-26 2005-07-28 Migaku Ota Packet transfer apparatus
US20050166072A1 (en) 2002-12-31 2005-07-28 Converse Vikki K. Method and system for wireless morphing honeypot
US20050175027A1 (en) 2004-02-09 2005-08-11 Phonex Broadband Corporation System and method for requesting and granting access to a network channel
US20050180358A1 (en) 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Station mobility between access points
US20050181805A1 (en) 2003-10-17 2005-08-18 Gallagher Michael D. Method and system for determining the location of an unlicensed mobile access subscriber
US6934260B1 (en) 2000-02-01 2005-08-23 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Arrangement for controlling learning of layer 3 network addresses in a network switch
US6937566B1 (en) 1997-07-25 2005-08-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Dynamic quality of service reservation in a mobile communications network
US6938079B1 (en) 2000-09-19 2005-08-30 3Com Corporation System and method for automatically configuring a client device
US20050193103A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2005-09-01 John Drabik Method and apparatus for automatic configuration and management of a virtual private network
US20050207336A1 (en) 2004-03-19 2005-09-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method of receiving various packet services through the same internet protocol address in a universal mobile telecommunication service system
US20050213519A1 (en) 2004-03-24 2005-09-29 Sandeep Relan Global positioning system (GPS) based secure access
US20050220033A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-10-06 Mci, Inc. Apparatus and method for testing and fault isolation in a communication network
US20050223111A1 (en) 2003-11-04 2005-10-06 Nehru Bhandaru Secure, standards-based communications across a wide-area network
US6957067B1 (en) 2002-09-24 2005-10-18 Aruba Networks System and method for monitoring and enforcing policy within a wireless network
US20050240665A1 (en) 1999-06-11 2005-10-27 Microsoft Corporation Dynamic self-configuration for ad hoc peer networking
US20050239461A1 (en) 2002-06-21 2005-10-27 The Regents Of The Unviersity Of California Registration of a wlan as a umts routing area for wlan-umts interworking
US20050245269A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-03 Intel Corporation Channel scanning in wireless networks
US20050243737A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-03 John Dooley Protocol for communication between access ports and wireless switches
US20050245258A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-03 Classon Brian K Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of narrowband signals within a wideband communication system
US20050256931A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Bernd Follmeg Methods and apparatuses for processing messages in an enterprise computing environment
US20050259611A1 (en) 2004-02-11 2005-11-24 Airtight Technologies, Inc. (F/K/A Wibhu Technologies, Inc.) Automated sniffer apparatus and method for monitoring computer systems for unauthorized access
US20050259597A1 (en) 2000-10-17 2005-11-24 Benedetto Marco D Multiple instance spanning tree protocol
US20050268335A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2005-12-01 Nokia Inc. System, method and computer program product for updating the states of a firewall
US6973622B1 (en) 2000-09-25 2005-12-06 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. System and method for design, tracking, measurement, prediction and optimization of data communication networks
US20050270992A1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-12-08 Cisco Technology, Inc. Internet protocol authentication in layer-3 multipoint tunneling for wireless access points
US20050273442A1 (en) 2004-05-21 2005-12-08 Naftali Bennett System and method of fraud reduction
US20050276218A1 (en) 2002-07-05 2005-12-15 Alcatel Resource admission control in an access network
US20050278614A1 (en) 2000-02-03 2005-12-15 Xmpie Inc. System and method for efficient production of dynamic documents
US6978301B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2005-12-20 Intelliden System and method for configuring a network device
US6980533B1 (en) 2000-04-19 2005-12-27 Lucent Technologies Inc. Load balancing technique for a wireless internet access system
US20050286466A1 (en) 2000-11-03 2005-12-29 Tagg James P System for providing mobile VoIP
US6985697B2 (en) 2003-09-22 2006-01-10 Nokia, Inc. Method and system for wirelessly managing the operation of a network appliance over a limited distance
US6985469B2 (en) 1999-08-23 2006-01-10 Qualcomm Inc Adaptive channel estimation in a wireless communication system
US6990348B1 (en) 1999-05-07 2006-01-24 At&T Corp. Self-configuring wireless system and a method to derive re-use criteria and neighboring lists therefor
US6993683B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2006-01-31 Microsoft Corporation Analysis of pipelined networks
US6996630B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2006-02-07 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Integrated network system
US20060030290A1 (en) 2004-05-07 2006-02-09 Interdigital Technology Corporation Supporting emergency calls on a wireless local area network
WO2006014512A2 (en) 2004-07-07 2006-02-09 Meshnetworks, Inc. System and method for selecting stable routes in wireless networks
US20060035662A1 (en) 2004-08-11 2006-02-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for cell selection/reselection taking into account congestion status of target cell in a mobile communication system
US20060041683A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2006-02-23 Infineon Technologies Ag Reducing the memory requirements of a data switch
US20060039395A1 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-02-23 Xavier Perez-Costa Method for improving quality of service in a wireless network
US20060045050A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Andreas Floros Method and system for a quality of service mechanism for a wireless network
US20060046744A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Microsoft Corporation System and method for enforcing location privacy using rights management
US20060050742A1 (en) 2004-08-12 2006-03-09 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and system for controlling access to a wireless communication medium
US7013157B1 (en) 2002-06-03 2006-03-14 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method for multicast delivery with designated acknowledgment
US20060064480A1 (en) 2004-09-07 2006-03-23 Lesartre Gregg B Testing a data communication architecture
US7020773B1 (en) 2000-07-17 2006-03-28 Citrix Systems, Inc. Strong mutual authentication of devices
US7020438B2 (en) 2003-01-09 2006-03-28 Nokia Corporation Selection of access point in a wireless communication system
US7024394B1 (en) 2000-07-07 2006-04-04 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for protecting user logoff from web business transactions
US7024199B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2006-04-04 Motient Communications Inc. System and method of querying a device, checking device roaming history and/or obtaining device modem statistics when device is within a home network and/or complementary network
US20060073847A1 (en) 2004-10-05 2006-04-06 Dell Products L.P. Scheme and algorithm to form direct links
US7027773B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2006-04-11 Afx Technology Group International, Inc. On/off keying node-to-node messaging transceiver network with dynamic routing and configuring
US7028312B1 (en) 1998-03-23 2006-04-11 Webmethods XML remote procedure call (XML-RPC)
US7031705B2 (en) 1999-09-10 2006-04-18 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation Method and process for validating roaming cellular users
US7035220B1 (en) 2001-10-22 2006-04-25 Intel Corporation Technique for providing end-to-end congestion control with no feedback from a lossless network
US20060088050A1 (en) 2003-05-23 2006-04-27 Xius India Ltd. System for a next generation wireless intelligent services engine (WISENG)
US7039037B2 (en) 2001-08-20 2006-05-02 Wang Jiwei R Method and apparatus for providing service selection, redirection and managing of subscriber access to multiple WAP (Wireless Application Protocol) gateways simultaneously
US20060094440A1 (en) 2004-11-01 2006-05-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method for multicast load balancing in wireless LANs
US20060098607A1 (en) 2004-10-28 2006-05-11 Meshnetworks, Inc. System and method to support multicast routing in large scale wireless mesh networks
US20060104224A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-05-18 Gurminder Singh Wireless access point with fingerprint authentication
US20060114938A1 (en) 2004-11-30 2006-06-01 Broadcom Corporation Network for supporting advance features on legacy components
US20060114872A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Wireless control apparatus, system, control method, and program
US20060117174A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Arcadyan Technology Corporation Method of auto-configuration and auto-prioritizing for wireless security domain
US7058414B1 (en) 2000-05-26 2006-06-06 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Method and system for enabling device functions based on distance information
US7062566B2 (en) 2002-10-24 2006-06-13 3Com Corporation System and method for using virtual local area network tags with a virtual private network
US20060128415A1 (en) 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Hideto Horikoshi Apparatus and method for detecting a wireless access point for wireless network communication
US7068999B2 (en) 2002-08-02 2006-06-27 Symbol Technologies, Inc. System and method for detection of a rogue wireless access point in a wireless communication network
US20060143496A1 (en) 2004-12-23 2006-06-29 Silverman Robert M System and method for problem resolution in communications networks
US20060143702A1 (en) 2003-07-04 2006-06-29 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Remote access vpn mediation method and mediation device
US20060152344A1 (en) 2002-12-07 2006-07-13 Mowery Richard A Jr Powerline Communication Network Handoff
US7079537B1 (en) 2000-04-25 2006-07-18 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Layer 3 switching logic architecture in an integrated network switch
US20060161983A1 (en) 2005-01-20 2006-07-20 Cothrell Scott A Inline intrusion detection
US20060160540A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-20 Guenael Strutt System and method for determining the mobility of nodes in a wireless communication network
US20060168383A1 (en) 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 Wei-Fen Lin Apparatus and method for scheduling requests to source device
US20060165103A1 (en) 2005-01-26 2006-07-27 Colubris Networks, Inc. Configurable quality-of-service support per virtual access point (vap) in a wireless lan (wlan) access device
US20060174336A1 (en) 2002-09-06 2006-08-03 Jyshyang Chen VPN and firewall integrated system
US20060173844A1 (en) * 2003-03-14 2006-08-03 Junbiao Zhang Automatic configuration of client terminal in public hot spot
US7089322B1 (en) 1999-10-28 2006-08-08 Motient Communications Inc. System and method of aggregating data from a plurality of data generating machines
US20060178168A1 (en) 2005-02-07 2006-08-10 Peter Roach Methods and apparatus for alerting a wireless network administrator to the location or status of a wireless device
US7092529B2 (en) 2002-11-01 2006-08-15 Nanyang Technological University Adaptive control system for noise cancellation
US20060182118A1 (en) 2005-02-01 2006-08-17 Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute Company Limited System And Method For Efficient Traffic Processing
US20060190721A1 (en) 2005-02-21 2006-08-24 Fujitsu Limited Communication apparatus, program and method
US20060187878A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Cisco Technology, Inc. Methods, apparatuses and systems facilitating client handoffs in wireless network systems
US20060189311A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Cromer Daryl C Apparatus, system, and method for rapid wireless network association
US20060200862A1 (en) 2005-03-03 2006-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for locating rogue access point switch ports in a wireless network related patent applications
US20060206582A1 (en) 2003-11-17 2006-09-14 David Finn Portable music device with song tag capture
US7110756B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2006-09-19 Cognio, Inc. Automated real-time site survey in a shared frequency band environment
US20060217131A1 (en) 2004-10-29 2006-09-28 Skyhook Wireless, Inc. Location-based services that choose location algorithms based on number of detected access points within range of user device
US20060215601A1 (en) 2005-03-14 2006-09-28 H-Stream Wireless, Inc. Method and apparatus for coordinating a wireless PAN network and a wireless LAN network
US7126913B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2006-10-24 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for managing transmission resources in a wireless communications network
US20060248229A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-02 3Com Corporation Network including snooping
US20060248331A1 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-11-02 Dan Harkins System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
US20060245393A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-02 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Method, system and apparatus for layer 3 roaming in wireless local area networks (WLANs)
US7134012B2 (en) 2001-08-15 2006-11-07 International Business Machines Corporation Methods, systems and computer program products for detecting a spoofed source address in IP datagrams
US7139829B2 (en) 2001-05-08 2006-11-21 Nortel Networks Limited Identification of unused resources in a packet data network
US20060265689A1 (en) 2002-12-24 2006-11-23 Eugene Kuznetsov Methods and apparatus for processing markup language messages in a network
US7142867B1 (en) 2000-09-15 2006-11-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method of determining transmission rate from a mobile station to a base station in a wireless communication system
US20060268696A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2006-11-30 Alain Konstantinov Data packets scrambling module and method
US20060276192A1 (en) 2005-05-18 2006-12-07 Ashutosh Dutta Seamless handoff across heterogeneous access networks using a handoff controller in a service control point
US20060274774A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-12-07 Extreme Networks, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer program products for dynamic network access device port and user device configuration for implementing device-based and user-based policies
US20060285489A1 (en) 2005-06-21 2006-12-21 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for providing end-to-end high quality services based on performance characterizations of network conditions
US7155518B2 (en) 2001-01-08 2006-12-26 Interactive People Unplugged Ab Extranet workgroup formation across multiple mobile virtual private networks
US7155236B2 (en) 2003-02-18 2006-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Scheduled and autonomous transmission and acknowledgement
US20060292992A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Fujitsu Limited Communication method in mobile communication system, and mobile station and base station in the same system
US7159016B2 (en) 2001-12-18 2007-01-02 Avaya Technology Corp. Method and apparatus for configuring an endpoint device to a computer network
US7158777B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2007-01-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Authentication method for fast handover in a wireless local area network
US20070002833A1 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Method, system and apparatus for assigning and managing IP addresses for wireless clients in wireless local area networks (WLANs)
US20070011318A1 (en) 2005-07-11 2007-01-11 Corrigent Systems Ltd. Transparent transport of fibre channel traffic over packet-switched networks
US20070010248A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-01-11 Subrahmanyam Dravida Methods and devices for interworking of wireless wide area networks and wireless local area networks or wireless personal area networks
US20070008884A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2007-01-11 Bob Tang Immediate ready implementation of virtually congestion free guarantedd service capable network
US20070027964A1 (en) 2005-07-28 2007-02-01 Allan Herrod System and method for rapid deployment of network appliances and infrastructure devices
US20070025265A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-02-01 Porras Phillip A Method and apparatus for wireless network security
US20070025306A1 (en) * 2005-08-01 2007-02-01 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for dynamic assignment of wireless LAN access point identity
GB2429080A (en) 2005-08-08 2007-02-14 Giga Byte Tech Co Ltd Dual-boot combined wireless adapter and access point
US20070054616A1 (en) 2005-09-06 2007-03-08 Apple Computer, Inc. RFID network arrangement
US20070058598A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. Method and system for detecting rogue access points and device for identifying rogue access points
US20070064718A1 (en) 2005-09-19 2007-03-22 Ekl Randy L Method of reliable multicasting
US20070064673A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2007-03-22 Nehru Bhandaru Flexible, scalable, wireless data forwarding and mobility for secure wireless networks
US20070067823A1 (en) 2005-09-02 2007-03-22 Shim Choon B System and apparatus for rogue VoIP phone detection and managing VoIP phone mobility
US20070070937A1 (en) 2005-09-28 2007-03-29 Mustafa Demirhan Multi-radio mesh network channel selection and load balancing
US20070076694A1 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-04-05 Pradeep Iyer VLAN mobility
US20070083924A1 (en) 2005-10-08 2007-04-12 Lu Hongqian K System and method for multi-stage packet filtering on a networked-enabled device
US20070082677A1 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. Automated configuration of RF WLANs via selected sensors
US20070081477A1 (en) 2005-10-11 2007-04-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. Virtual LAN override in a multiple BSSID mode of operation
US20070086398A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Manish Tiwari Identity-based networking
US20070086397A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Ron Taylor System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US20070086378A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Matta Sudheer P C System and method for wireless network monitoring
US20070091845A1 (en) 2000-12-28 2007-04-26 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Automatic and seamless vertical roaming between wireless local area network (WLAN) and wireless wide area network (WWAN) while maintaining an active voice or streaming data connection: systems, methods and program products
US20070091889A1 (en) 2005-10-25 2007-04-26 Xin Xiao Method and apparatus for group leader selection in wireless multicast service
US20070098086A1 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-03 Vasudev Bhaskaran Spatio-temporal noise filter for digital video
US20070104197A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-05-10 Cisco Technology, Inc. Propagating black hole shunts to remote routers with split tunnel and IPSec direct encapsulation
US20070106776A1 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-10 Masahiro Konno Information processing system and method of assigning information processing device
US20070109991A1 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-05-17 Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation Access point supporting direct and indirect downstream delivery based on communication characteristics
US20070110035A1 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-05-17 Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation Network nodes cooperatively routing traffic flow amongst wired and wireless networks
US20070115842A1 (en) 2003-12-10 2007-05-24 Junichi Matsuda Transmission time difference measurement method and system
US7224970B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2007-05-29 Motorola, Inc. Method of scanning for beacon transmissions in a WLAN
US20070133494A1 (en) 2005-12-13 2007-06-14 Hung-Chun Lai Method and computer readable media for efficient channel access by using partial error detection code in centralized wireless communication system
US20070135159A1 (en) 2003-11-21 2007-06-14 Nokia Corporation Service discovery in a wireless communication system
US20070135866A1 (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-14 Welch Allyn Inc. Medical device wireless adapter
US20070136372A1 (en) 2005-12-12 2007-06-14 Proctor Lee M Methods of quality of service management and supporting apparatus and readable medium
US20070140163A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-21 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for integrated WiFi/WiMax neighbor AP discovery and AP advertisement
US20070143851A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-21 Fiberlink Method and systems for controlling access to computing resources based on known security vulnerabilities
US20070147318A1 (en) 2005-12-27 2007-06-28 Intel Corporation Dynamic passing of wireless configuration parameters
US7239862B1 (en) 2002-09-19 2007-07-03 Cellco Partnership Method of and system for processing prepaid wireless data communications
US7246243B2 (en) 2000-05-16 2007-07-17 Nec Corporation Identification system and method for authenticating user transaction requests from end terminals
US20070171909A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Cisco Technology, Inc. Centralized wireless QoS architecture
US20070183375A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-08-09 Manish Tiwari System and method for network integrity
US20070183402A1 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-08-09 Bennett James D Voice communication device with PSTN and internet pathway analysis, selection and handoff
US20070195793A1 (en) 2006-02-17 2007-08-23 Extreme Networks, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer program products for selective layer 2 port blocking using layer 2 source addresses
US7263366B2 (en) 2003-08-06 2007-08-28 Nec Corporation Channel selection method, and wireless station and wireless terminal employing it
US7274730B2 (en) 2002-08-26 2007-09-25 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc. QoS control method for transmission data for radio transmitter and radio receiver using the method
US20070230457A1 (en) 2006-03-29 2007-10-04 Fujitsu Limited Authentication VLAN management apparatus
US7280495B1 (en) 2000-08-18 2007-10-09 Nortel Networks Limited Reliable broadcast protocol in a wireless local area network
US20070248009A1 (en) 2006-04-24 2007-10-25 Petersen Brian A Distributed congestion avoidance in a network switching system
US7290051B2 (en) 2003-01-09 2007-10-30 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for hardware implementation independent verification of network layers
US20070255116A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Broadcast data transmission and data packet repeating techniques for a wireless medical device network
US20070253380A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 James Jollota Data translation device with nonvolatile memory for a networked medical device system
US7293136B1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-11-06 Emc Corporation Management of two-queue request structure for quality of service in disk storage systems
US20070258448A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Hu Tyng J A System and method for restricting network access using forwarding databases
US20070260720A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Morain Gary E Mobility domain
US20070268514A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Paul Zeldin Method and business model for automated configuration and deployment of a wireless network in a facility without network administrator intervention
US20070268516A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Jamsheed Bugwadia Automated policy-based network device configuration and network deployment
US20070268515A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Yun Freund System and method for automatic configuration of remote network switch and connected access point devices
US20070268506A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Paul Zeldin Autonomous auto-configuring wireless network device
WO2004095192A3 (en) 2003-04-21 2007-11-29 Airdefense Inc Systems and methods for securing wireless computer networks
US20070287390A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2007-12-13 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Untethered access point mesh system and method
US20070286208A1 (en) 2006-06-12 2007-12-13 Yasusi Kanada Network system and server
US7310664B1 (en) 2004-02-06 2007-12-18 Extreme Networks Unified, configurable, adaptive, network architecture
US20070291689A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2007-12-20 Crossbow Technology, Inc. Delivery of Data Packets via Aggregated Spatial Distribution Overlay on a Mesh Network
US20070297329A1 (en) 2006-05-01 2007-12-27 Park Vincent D Dynamic quality of service pre-authorization in a communications environment
US20080002588A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-01-03 Mccaughan Sherry L Method and apparatus for routing data packets in a global IP network
US7317914B2 (en) 2004-09-24 2008-01-08 Microsoft Corporation Collaboratively locating disconnected clients and rogue access points in a wireless network
US20080008117A1 (en) 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 Skyhook Wireless, Inc. Method and system for employing a dedicated device for position estimation by a wlan positioning system
US7320070B2 (en) 2002-01-08 2008-01-15 Verizon Services Corp. Methods and apparatus for protecting against IP address assignments based on a false MAC address
US20080013481A1 (en) 2006-07-17 2008-01-17 Michael Terry Simons Wireless VLAN system and method
US20080014916A1 (en) 2006-07-11 2008-01-17 Wistron Neweb Corp. Wireless network connection method and mobile phone using the same
US7324487B2 (en) 2002-02-12 2008-01-29 Hitachi, Ltd. Wireless LAN system and method for roaming in a multiple base station
US7324489B1 (en) 2003-02-18 2008-01-29 Cisco Technology, Inc. Managing network service access
US7324468B2 (en) 2003-09-10 2008-01-29 Broadcom Corporation System and method for medium access control in a power-save network
WO2007136836A3 (en) 2006-05-19 2008-02-07 Siemens Energy & Automat System for optically detecting an electrical arc in a power supply
US20080031257A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2008-02-07 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Method of Operating a System
US20080039114A1 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-02-14 Sirf Technology, Inc. Cell id based positioning from cell intersections
US7336961B1 (en) 2004-06-04 2008-02-26 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Method and system for determining location of a mobile station within a distributed antenna system
US20080052393A1 (en) 2006-08-22 2008-02-28 Mcnaughton James L System and method for remotely controlling network operators
US20080049615A1 (en) 2006-08-22 2008-02-28 Bugenhagen Michael K System and method for dynamically shaping network traffic
US20080056200A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Spectralink Corporation Method for determining DFS channel availability in a wireless LAN
US20080056211A1 (en) 2006-09-01 2008-03-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for scanning access points during station's handoff procedure in wireless communication system and station performing the method, and network interface supporting the method and wireless communication system enabling the method
US20080064356A1 (en) 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method of receiving wideband signal
US20080069018A1 (en) 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Quality of service provisioning for wireless networks
US7350077B2 (en) 2002-11-26 2008-03-25 Cisco Technology, Inc. 802.11 using a compressed reassociation exchange to facilitate fast handoff
US7349412B1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2008-03-25 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Method and system for distribution of voice communication service via a wireless local area network
US20080080441A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Localization apparatus for recognizing location of node in sensor network and method thereof
US7359676B2 (en) 2003-04-21 2008-04-15 Airdefense, Inc. Systems and methods for adaptively scanning for wireless communications
US20080102815A1 (en) 2006-11-01 2008-05-01 Snrlabs Corporation System, Method, and Computer-Readable Medium for User Equipment Decision-Making Criteria for Connectivity and Handover
US20080107077A1 (en) 2006-11-03 2008-05-08 James Murphy Subnet mobility supporting wireless handoff
US20080114784A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2008-05-15 James Murphy Sharing data between wireless switches system and method
US7376080B1 (en) 2004-05-11 2008-05-20 Packeteer, Inc. Packet load shedding
US20080117822A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2008-05-22 James Murphy Wireless routing selection system and method
US7379423B1 (en) 2003-03-20 2008-05-27 Occam Networks, Inc. Filtering subscriber traffic to prevent denial-of-service attacks
US20080130523A1 (en) 2006-08-17 2008-06-05 Neustar, Inc. System and method for user identity portability in communication systems
US20080151844A1 (en) 2006-12-20 2008-06-26 Manish Tiwari Wireless access point authentication system and method
US20080159319A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Matthew Stuart Gast System and method for aggregation and queuing in a wireless network
US20080162921A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Application-aware wireless network system and method
US7417953B2 (en) 2004-11-01 2008-08-26 Alcatel Lucent Port re-enabling by monitoring link status
US7421487B1 (en) 2003-06-12 2008-09-02 Juniper Networks, Inc. Centralized management of quality of service (QoS) information for data flows
US7421248B1 (en) 2002-11-12 2008-09-02 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for adjusting operational parameter of a wireless device bases upon a monitored characteristic
US20080215613A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2008-09-04 Ennio Grasso Method and System For Transferring Objects Between Programming Platforms Computer Program Product Thereof
US20080220772A1 (en) 2007-03-09 2008-09-11 Islam M Khaledul System and method for wireless network selection by multi-mode devices
US20080226075A1 (en) 2007-03-14 2008-09-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Restricted services for wireless stations
US20080250496A1 (en) 2003-10-07 2008-10-09 Daisuke Namihira Frame Relay Device
US7440416B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2008-10-21 Broadcom Corporation Hierarchical communication system providing intelligent data, program and processing migration
US20080261615A1 (en) 2007-04-19 2008-10-23 Amit Kalhan Apparatus, system and method for determining a geographical location of a portable communication device
US7443823B2 (en) 2003-11-06 2008-10-28 Interdigital Technology Corporation Access points with selective communication rate and scheduling control and related methods for wireless local area networks (WLANs)
US7447502B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2008-11-04 Research In Motion Limited Scheme for providing regulatory compliance in performing network selection in a foreign country
US20080276303A1 (en) 2007-05-03 2008-11-06 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Network Type Advertising
US7451316B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2008-11-11 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for pre-authentication
US7460855B2 (en) 2003-06-03 2008-12-02 Microsoft Corporation Selective pre-authentication to anticipated primary wireless access points
US7466678B2 (en) 2003-12-29 2008-12-16 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. System and method for passive scanning of authorized wireless channels
US20090010206A1 (en) 2007-06-08 2009-01-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile ip home agent discovery
US7477894B1 (en) 2004-02-23 2009-01-13 Foundry Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for handling wireless roaming among and across wireless area networks
US7480264B1 (en) 2005-02-10 2009-01-20 Sonicwall, Inc. Centralized wireless LAN load balancing
US7483390B2 (en) 2003-06-30 2009-01-27 Intel Corporation System and method for dynamically configuring and transitioning wired and wireless networks
US20090031044A1 (en) 2000-08-22 2009-01-29 Conexant Systems, Inc. High-Speed MAC Address Search Engine
US20090028118A1 (en) 2003-02-18 2009-01-29 Airwave Wireless, Inc. Methods, apparatuses and systems facilitating management of airspace in wireless computer network environments
US7489648B2 (en) 2004-03-11 2009-02-10 Cisco Technology, Inc. Optimizing 802.11 power-save for VLAN
US7493407B2 (en) 2002-08-14 2009-02-17 Drs Technical Services, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling the allocation of bandwidth of a network access point to an application having a message transmitted on the network
US20090059930A1 (en) 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Level 3 Communications, Llc System and method for managing virtual local area networks
US20090067436A1 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Network assignment based on priority
US7505434B1 (en) 2005-06-23 2009-03-17 Autocell Laboratories, Inc. VLAN tagging in WLANs
US20090073905A1 (en) 2007-09-18 2009-03-19 Trapeze Networks, Inc. High level instruction convergence function
US7519372B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2009-04-14 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Methods and apparatus for mobile station location estimation
EP1542409B1 (en) 2003-12-10 2009-04-15 Sony Deutschland GmbH Protocol for multi-hop ad-hoc networks
US7526542B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2009-04-28 Computer Associates Think, Inc. Methods and apparatus for information processing and display for network management
US20090131082A1 (en) 2007-11-21 2009-05-21 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless station location detection
US7551574B1 (en) 2005-03-31 2009-06-23 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling wireless network access privileges based on wireless client location
US7570656B2 (en) 2001-06-18 2009-08-04 Yitran Communications Ltd. Channel access method for powerline carrier based media access control protocol
US7577453B2 (en) 2006-06-01 2009-08-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless load balancing across bands
US7592906B1 (en) 2006-06-05 2009-09-22 Juniper Networks, Inc. Network policy evaluation
US20090247103A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 Aragon David B Smoothing filter for irregular update intervals
US20090252120A1 (en) 2005-04-11 2009-10-08 Yong Ho Kim Method of communication supporting media independent handover
US7603710B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-10-13 Network Security Technologies, Inc. Method and system for detecting characteristics of a wireless network
US7603119B1 (en) * 2005-03-16 2009-10-13 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Automatic over-the-air updating of a preferred roaming list (PRL) in a multi-mode device, based on an account association between the device and a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point
US20090260083A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2009-10-15 Foundry Networks, Inc. System and method for source ip anti-spoofing security
US7607136B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2009-10-20 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and apparatus for interfacing with a distributed computing service
US20090274060A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-11-05 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US20090287816A1 (en) 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Link layer throughput testing
US7636363B2 (en) 2003-07-28 2009-12-22 International Business Machines Corporation Adaptive QoS system and method
US20100024007A1 (en) 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Affirming network relationships and resource access via related networks
US7680501B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2010-03-16 Nokia Corporation Locating mobile terminals
US20100067379A1 (en) 2008-08-29 2010-03-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Picking an optimal channel for an access point in a wireless network
US7693526B2 (en) 2006-08-16 2010-04-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. Enhanced load based wireless call admission control
US7706749B2 (en) 2005-11-07 2010-04-27 Nokia Corporation Supporting a setup of a wireless connection
US7716379B2 (en) 2007-04-26 2010-05-11 Microsoft Corporation Hardware control interface for IEEE standard 802.11 including transmission control interface component and a transmission status interface component
US7715432B2 (en) 2005-11-14 2010-05-11 Broadcom Corporation Primary protocol stack having a secondary protocol stack entry point
US7729278B2 (en) 2007-02-14 2010-06-01 Tropos Networks, Inc. Wireless routing based on data packet classifications
US7733868B2 (en) 2005-01-26 2010-06-08 Internet Broadcasting Corp. Layered multicast and fair bandwidth allocation and packet prioritization
US20100142478A1 (en) 2007-03-07 2010-06-10 Nokia Corporation Neighbor network advertisement
US7738433B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2010-06-15 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Method, apparatus, and computer program products for adapting a transmission setting
US20100159827A1 (en) 2005-06-15 2010-06-24 Mark Rhodes Underwater remote sensing
US7746897B2 (en) 2006-02-17 2010-06-29 Cisco Technology, Inc. Expedited bandwidth request for emergency services for wireless clients
US20100180016A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2010-07-15 Belden Inc. Automated network device configuration and network deployment
US7788475B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2010-08-31 Intel Corporation Booting utilizing electronic mail
US7805529B2 (en) 2006-07-14 2010-09-28 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for dynamically changing user session behavior based on user and/or group classification in response to application server demand
US20100261475A1 (en) 2005-04-11 2010-10-14 Kim Yong-Ho Method of initializing and establishing links in a multi-mode mobile terminal
US7817554B2 (en) 2004-07-05 2010-10-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and devices for changing quality of service
US20100271188A1 (en) 1996-11-29 2010-10-28 Nysen Paul A Dual mode transmitter-receiver and decoder for RF transponder tags
WO2010130133A1 (en) 2009-05-14 2010-11-18 č„æ安č„æē”µę·é€šę— ēŗæē½‘ē»œé€šäæ”ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Method and system for station switching when wpi is implemented by access controller in convergent wlan
US7844298B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2010-11-30 Belden Inc. Tuned directional antennas
US7856659B2 (en) 2002-05-29 2010-12-21 Wayport, Inc. System and method for user access to a distributed network communication system using persistent identification of subscribers
US20100329177A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2010-12-30 James Murphy Ap-local dynamic switching
US7894852B2 (en) 2005-07-13 2011-02-22 Broadcom Corporation Channel reciprocity matrix determination in a wireless MIMO communication system
US7920548B2 (en) 2005-08-18 2011-04-05 Hong Kong Applied Science And Technology Research Institute Co. Ltd. Intelligent switching for secure and reliable voice-over-IP PBX service
US7929922B2 (en) 1999-02-16 2011-04-19 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Radio communication system, a transmitter and a receiver
US7945399B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2011-05-17 Nuvoton Technology Corporation Capacitive detection systems, modules and methods
US7986940B2 (en) 2007-07-05 2011-07-26 Azurewave Technologies, Inc. Automatic wireless network linking method with security configuration and device thereof
US8000724B1 (en) 2001-11-14 2011-08-16 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Method and system for subnet-based transmission of mobile station location
US8014404B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2011-09-06 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Method and system for priority based routing
US8019082B1 (en) * 2003-06-05 2011-09-13 Mcafee, Inc. Methods and systems for automated configuration of 802.1x clients
US8019352B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2011-09-13 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. System, method, and apparatus for determining and using the position of wireless devices or infrastructure for wireless network enhancements
US8140845B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2012-03-20 Alcatel Lucent Scheme for authentication and dynamic key exchange
US8190750B2 (en) 2007-08-24 2012-05-29 Alcatel Lucent Content rate selection for media servers with proxy-feedback-controlled frame transmission
US8270384B2 (en) 2004-03-02 2012-09-18 Panasonic Corporation Wireless point that provides functions for a wireless local area network to be separated between the wireless point and one or more control nodes, and method for providing service in a wireless local area network having functions separated between a wireless point and one or more control nodes

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1234893C (en) * 2000-11-27 2006-01-04 ę Ŗ式会ē¤¾äø‰å¾· Hydrogen-occluding alloy and method for production thereof
KR100735335B1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2007-07-04 ģ‚¼ģ„±ģ „ģžģ£¼ģ‹ķšŒģ‚¬ Local Switching Method by Using LLID in EPON system

Patent Citations (686)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4176316A (en) 1953-03-30 1979-11-27 International Telephone & Telegraph Corp. Secure single sideband communication system using modulated noise subcarrier
US3641433A (en) 1969-06-09 1972-02-08 Us Air Force Transmitted reference synchronization system
US3906166A (en) 1973-10-17 1975-09-16 Motorola Inc Radio telephone system
US4168400A (en) 1977-03-31 1979-09-18 Compagnie Europeenne De Teletransmission (C.E.T.T.) Digital communication system
US4291409A (en) 1978-06-20 1981-09-22 The Mitre Corporation Spread spectrum communications method and apparatus
US4291401A (en) 1978-11-30 1981-09-22 Ebauches Bettlach S.A. Device for securing a watch dial to a watch-movement plate
US4247908A (en) 1978-12-08 1981-01-27 Motorola, Inc. Re-linked portable data terminal controller system
US4730340A (en) 1980-10-31 1988-03-08 Harris Corp. Programmable time invariant coherent spread symbol correlator
US4503533A (en) 1981-08-20 1985-03-05 Stanford University Local area communication network utilizing a round robin access scheme with improved channel utilization
US4500987A (en) 1981-11-24 1985-02-19 Nippon Electric Co., Ltd. Loop transmission system
US4475208A (en) 1982-01-18 1984-10-02 Ricketts James A Wired spread spectrum data communication system
US4673805A (en) 1982-01-25 1987-06-16 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single- and twin-windowed portable scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4460120A (en) 1982-01-25 1984-07-17 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow bodied, single- and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4758717A (en) 1982-01-25 1988-07-19 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single-and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4736095A (en) 1982-01-25 1988-04-05 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single- and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4409470A (en) 1982-01-25 1983-10-11 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Narrow-bodied, single-and twin-windowed portable laser scanning head for reading bar code symbols
US4494238A (en) 1982-06-30 1985-01-15 Motorola, Inc. Multiple channel data link system
US4550414A (en) 1983-04-12 1985-10-29 Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Spread spectrum adaptive code tracker
US4707839A (en) 1983-09-26 1987-11-17 Harris Corporation Spread spectrum correlator for recovering CCSK data from a PN spread MSK waveform
US4644523A (en) 1984-03-23 1987-02-17 Sangamo Weston, Inc. System for improving signal-to-noise ratio in a direct sequence spread spectrum signal receiver
US4562415A (en) 1984-06-22 1985-12-31 Motorola, Inc. Universal ultra-precision PSK modulator with time multiplexed modes of varying modulation types
US4630264A (en) 1984-09-21 1986-12-16 Wah Benjamin W Efficient contention-resolution protocol for local multiaccess networks
US4639914A (en) 1984-12-06 1987-01-27 At&T Bell Laboratories Wireless PBX/LAN system with optimum combining
US4760586A (en) 1984-12-29 1988-07-26 Kyocera Corporation Spread spectrum communication system
US4635221A (en) 1985-01-18 1987-01-06 Allied Corporation Frequency multiplexed convolver communication system
US4672658A (en) 1985-10-16 1987-06-09 At&T Company And At&T Bell Laboratories Spread spectrum wireless PBX
US4850009A (en) 1986-05-12 1989-07-18 Clinicom Incorporated Portable handheld terminal including optical bar code reader and electromagnetic transceiver means for interactive wireless communication with a base communications station
US4829540A (en) 1986-05-27 1989-05-09 Fairchild Weston Systems, Inc. Secure communication system for multiple remote units
US4740792A (en) 1986-08-27 1988-04-26 Hughes Aircraft Company Vehicle location system
US4901307A (en) 1986-10-17 1990-02-13 Qualcomm, Inc. Spread spectrum multiple access communication system using satellite or terrestrial repeaters
US4995053A (en) 1987-02-11 1991-02-19 Hillier Technologies Limited Partnership Remote control system, components and methods
US4789983A (en) 1987-03-05 1988-12-06 American Telephone And Telegraph Company, At&T Bell Laboratories Wireless network for wideband indoor communications
US4933953A (en) 1987-09-10 1990-06-12 Kabushiki Kaisha Kenwood Initial synchronization in spread spectrum receiver
US4894842A (en) 1987-10-15 1990-01-16 The Charles Stark Draper Laboratory, Inc. Precorrelation digital spread spectrum receiver
US4872182A (en) 1988-03-08 1989-10-03 Harris Corporation Frequency management system for use in multistation H.F. communication network
US4933952A (en) 1988-04-08 1990-06-12 Lmt Radioprofessionnelle Asynchronous digital correlator and demodulators including a correlator of this type
US5483676A (en) 1988-08-04 1996-01-09 Norand Corporation Mobile radio data communication system and method
US5027343A (en) 1989-04-21 1991-06-25 Northern Telecom Limited Remote test access system for ISDN testing
US5103461A (en) 1989-06-29 1992-04-07 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Signal quality measure in packet data communication
US5280498A (en) 1989-06-29 1994-01-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication system
US5668803A (en) 1989-06-29 1997-09-16 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Protocol for packet data communication system
US5528621A (en) 1989-06-29 1996-06-18 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication system
US5815811A (en) 1989-06-29 1998-09-29 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Preemptive roaming in a cellular local area wireless network
US5479441A (en) 1989-06-29 1995-12-26 Symbol Technologies Packet data communication system
US5142550A (en) 1989-06-29 1992-08-25 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication system
US5029183A (en) 1989-06-29 1991-07-02 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication network
US5157687A (en) 1989-06-29 1992-10-20 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Packet data communication network
US5008899A (en) 1989-07-03 1991-04-16 Futaba Denshi Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Receiver for spectrum spread communication
US5109390A (en) 1989-11-07 1992-04-28 Qualcomm Incorporated Diversity receiver in a cdma cellular telephone system
US5187575A (en) 1989-12-29 1993-02-16 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Source adaptive television system
US5444851A (en) 1990-01-30 1995-08-22 Johnson Service Company Method of accessing configured nodes in a facilities management system with a non-configured device
US4955053A (en) 1990-03-16 1990-09-04 Reliance Comm/Tec Corporation Solid state ringing switch
US5103459A (en) 1990-06-25 1992-04-07 Qualcomm Incorporated System and method for generating signal waveforms in a cdma cellular telephone system
US5103459B1 (en) 1990-06-25 1999-07-06 Qualcomm Inc System and method for generating signal waveforms in a cdma cellular telephone system
US5231633A (en) 1990-07-11 1993-07-27 Codex Corporation Method for prioritizing, selectively discarding, and multiplexing differing traffic type fast packets
US5584048A (en) 1990-08-17 1996-12-10 Motorola, Inc. Beacon based packet radio standby energy saver
US5119502A (en) 1990-08-30 1992-06-02 Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson Periodic system ordered rescan in a cellular communication system
US5151919A (en) 1990-12-17 1992-09-29 Ericsson-Ge Mobile Communications Holding Inc. Cdma subtractive demodulation
US5432842A (en) 1991-03-19 1995-07-11 Hitachi, Ltd. Mobile communication switching across cell boundaries
US5371783A (en) 1991-05-29 1994-12-06 Video Technology Engineering, Ltd. Method for continually monitoring the status of a radio frequency link
US5542100A (en) 1991-06-06 1996-07-30 Sony Corporation Mobile communication system
US5561841A (en) 1992-01-23 1996-10-01 Nokia Telecommunication Oy Method and apparatus for planning a cellular radio network by creating a model on a digital map adding properties and optimizing parameters, based on statistical simulation results
US5640414A (en) 1992-03-05 1997-06-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile station assisted soft handoff in a CDMA cellular communications system
US5896561A (en) 1992-04-06 1999-04-20 Intermec Ip Corp. Communication network having a dormant polling protocol
US5418812A (en) 1992-06-26 1995-05-23 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Radio network initialization method and apparatus
US5812589A (en) 1992-06-26 1998-09-22 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Radio network initialization method and apparatus
US5285494A (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-08 Pactel Corporation Network management system
WO1994003986A1 (en) 1992-07-31 1994-02-17 Airtouch Communications Computer-implemented modelling system for wireless communications systems
US5339316A (en) 1992-11-13 1994-08-16 Ncr Corporation Wireless local area network system
US5465401A (en) 1992-12-15 1995-11-07 Texas Instruments Incorporated Communication system and methods for enhanced information transfer
US5715304A (en) 1992-12-17 1998-02-03 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Private branch exchange
US5329531A (en) 1993-03-06 1994-07-12 Ncr Corporation Method of accessing a communication medium
US5327144A (en) 1993-05-07 1994-07-05 Associated Rt, Inc. Cellular telephone location system
US5568513A (en) 1993-05-11 1996-10-22 Ericsson Inc. Standby power savings with cumulative parity check in mobile phones
US5933607A (en) 1993-06-07 1999-08-03 Telstra Corporation Limited Digital communication system for simultaneous transmission of data from constant and variable rate sources
US5677954A (en) 1993-07-07 1997-10-14 Ntt Mobile Communications Network, Inc. Cryptical control method for personal communication
US5604869A (en) 1993-07-09 1997-02-18 Apple Computer, Inc. System and method for sending and responding to information requests in a communications network
US5546389A (en) 1993-07-13 1996-08-13 Alcatel N.V. Method of controlling access to a buffer and a device for temporary storage of data packets and an exchange with such a device
US5774460A (en) 1993-08-05 1998-06-30 Krone Aktiengesellschaft Local ISDN radio transmission system
US5491644A (en) 1993-09-07 1996-02-13 Georgia Tech Research Corporation Cell engineering tool and methods
US5670964A (en) 1993-09-09 1997-09-23 Ericsson Inc. Navigation assistance for call handling in mobile telephone systems
US5598532A (en) 1993-10-21 1997-01-28 Optimal Networks Method and apparatus for optimizing computer networks
US5488569A (en) 1993-12-20 1996-01-30 At&T Corp. Application-oriented telecommunication system interface
US5450615A (en) 1993-12-22 1995-09-12 At&T Corp. Prediction of indoor electromagnetic wave propagation for wireless indoor systems
US6041240A (en) 1994-01-05 2000-03-21 Thomson Consumer Electronics Inc. Clear channel selection system for a cordless telephone
US6473449B1 (en) 1994-02-17 2002-10-29 Proxim, Inc. High-data-rate wireless local-area network
US5862475A (en) 1994-02-24 1999-01-19 Gte Mobile Communications Service Corporation Communication system that supports wireless remote programming process
US5887259A (en) 1994-02-24 1999-03-23 Gte Mobile Communications Service Corporation Multiple mode personal wireless communications system
US5448569A (en) 1994-04-12 1995-09-05 International Business Machines Corporation Handoff monitoring in cellular communication networks using slow frequency hopping
US6336152B1 (en) 1994-05-27 2002-01-01 Microsoft Corporation Method for automatically configuring devices including a network adapter without manual intervention and without prior configuration information
US5818385A (en) 1994-06-10 1998-10-06 Bartholomew; Darin E. Antenna system and method
US5517495A (en) 1994-12-06 1996-05-14 At&T Corp. Fair prioritized scheduling in an input-buffered switch
US5570366A (en) 1994-12-08 1996-10-29 International Business Machines Corporation Broadcast/multicast filtering by the bridge-based access point
US5519762A (en) 1994-12-21 1996-05-21 At&T Corp. Adaptive power cycling for a cordless telephone
US5915214A (en) 1995-02-23 1999-06-22 Reece; Richard W. Mobile communication service provider selection system
US5828960A (en) 1995-03-31 1998-10-27 Motorola, Inc. Method for wireless communication system planning
US6212395B1 (en) 1995-05-04 2001-04-03 Interwave Communications International Ltd. Cellular communication system
US6535732B1 (en) 1995-05-04 2003-03-18 Interwave Communications International, Ltd. Cellular network having a concentrated base transceiver station and a plurality of remote transceivers
US5734699A (en) 1995-05-04 1998-03-31 Interwave Communications International, Ltd. Cellular private branch exchanges
US5999813A (en) 1995-05-04 1999-12-07 Interwave Communications Overlay cellular communication system
US6326918B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2001-12-04 Wayport, Inc. Method and apparatus for geographic-based communications service
US5835061A (en) 1995-06-06 1998-11-10 Wayport, Inc. Method and apparatus for geographic-based communications service
US5969678A (en) 1995-06-06 1999-10-19 Wayport, Inc. System for hybrid wired and wireless geographic-based communications service
US6259405B1 (en) 1995-06-06 2001-07-10 Wayport, Inc. Geographic based communications service
US7440416B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2008-10-21 Broadcom Corporation Hierarchical communication system providing intelligent data, program and processing migration
US5630207A (en) 1995-06-19 1997-05-13 Lucent Technologies Inc. Methods and apparatus for bandwidth reduction in a two-way paging system
US5793303A (en) 1995-06-20 1998-08-11 Nec Corporation Radio pager with touch sensitive display panel inactive during message reception
US5729542A (en) 1995-06-28 1998-03-17 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for communication system access
US5649289A (en) 1995-07-10 1997-07-15 Motorola, Inc. Flexible mobility management in a two-way messaging system and method therefor
US5960335A (en) 1995-07-21 1999-09-28 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Digital radio communication apparatus with a RSSI information measuring function
US5742592A (en) 1995-09-01 1998-04-21 Motorola, Inc. Method for communicating data in a wireless communication system
US5794128A (en) 1995-09-20 1998-08-11 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Army Apparatus and processes for realistic simulation of wireless information transport systems
US6005853A (en) 1995-10-13 1999-12-21 Gwcom, Inc. Wireless network access scheme
US5796839A (en) 1995-10-16 1998-08-18 Sony Corporation Encryption method, encryption apparatus, recording method, decoding method, decoding apparatus and recording medium
US6580700B1 (en) 1995-10-27 2003-06-17 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Data rate algorithms for use in wireless local area networks
US6073075A (en) 1995-11-01 2000-06-06 Hitachi, Ltd. Method and system for providing information for a mobile terminal
US5920821A (en) 1995-12-04 1999-07-06 Bell Atlantic Network Services, Inc. Use of cellular digital packet data (CDPD) communications to convey system identification list data to roaming cellular subscriber stations
US5987062A (en) 1995-12-15 1999-11-16 Netwave Technologies, Inc. Seamless roaming for wireless local area networks
US5838907A (en) 1996-02-20 1998-11-17 Compaq Computer Corporation Configuration manager for network devices and an associated method for providing configuration information thereto
US5852722A (en) 1996-02-29 1998-12-22 Sun Microsystems, Inc. System and method for automatic configuration of home network computers
US6118771A (en) 1996-03-14 2000-09-12 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba System and method for controlling communication
US5706428A (en) 1996-03-14 1998-01-06 Lucent Technologies Inc. Multirate wireless data communication system
GB2329801A (en) 1996-03-22 1999-03-31 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd System for the detection of the position of a radio mobile station
US5828653A (en) 1996-04-26 1998-10-27 Cascade Communications Corp. Quality of service priority subclasses
US6208629B1 (en) 1996-04-30 2001-03-27 3Com Corporation Method and apparatus for assigning spectrum of a local area network
US6697415B1 (en) 1996-06-03 2004-02-24 Broadcom Corporation Spread spectrum transceiver module utilizing multiple mode transmission
US6188649B1 (en) 1996-06-28 2001-02-13 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method for reading magnetic super resolution type magneto-optical recording medium
US6088591A (en) 1996-06-28 2000-07-11 Aironet Wireless Communications, Inc. Cellular system hand-off protocol
US5949988A (en) 1996-07-16 1999-09-07 Lucent Technologies Inc. Prediction system for RF power distribution
US5991817A (en) 1996-09-06 1999-11-23 Cisco Systems, Inc. Apparatus and method for a network router
US6249252B1 (en) 1996-09-09 2001-06-19 Tracbeam Llc Wireless location using multiple location estimators
US5844900A (en) 1996-09-23 1998-12-01 Proxim, Inc. Method and apparatus for optimizing a medium access control protocol
US5872968A (en) 1996-10-16 1999-02-16 International Business Machines Corporation Data processing network with boot process using multiple servers
US5938721A (en) 1996-10-24 1999-08-17 Trimble Navigation Limited Position based personal digital assistant
US5875179A (en) 1996-10-29 1999-02-23 Proxim, Inc. Method and apparatus for synchronized communication over wireless backbone architecture
US6041358A (en) 1996-11-12 2000-03-21 Industrial Technology Research Inst. Method for maintaining virtual local area networks with mobile terminals in an ATM network
US20100271188A1 (en) 1996-11-29 2010-10-28 Nysen Paul A Dual mode transmitter-receiver and decoder for RF transponder tags
US6012088A (en) 1996-12-10 2000-01-04 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic configuration for internet access device
US5970066A (en) 1996-12-12 1999-10-19 Paradyne Corporation Virtual ethernet interface
US6011784A (en) 1996-12-18 2000-01-04 Motorola, Inc. Communication system and method using asynchronous and isochronous spectrum for voice and data
US5977913A (en) 1997-02-07 1999-11-02 Dominion Wireless Method and apparatus for tracking and locating personnel
US5980078A (en) 1997-02-14 1999-11-09 Fisher-Rosemount Systems, Inc. Process control system including automatic sensing and automatic configuration of devices
US6240083B1 (en) 1997-02-25 2001-05-29 Telefonaktiebolaget L.M. Ericsson Multiple access communication network with combined contention and reservation mode access
US6078568A (en) 1997-02-25 2000-06-20 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson Multiple access communication network with dynamic access control
US6256334B1 (en) 1997-03-18 2001-07-03 Fujitsu Limited Base station apparatus for radiocommunication network, method of controlling communication across radiocommunication network, radiocommunication network system, and radio terminal apparatus
US6397040B1 (en) 1997-04-14 2002-05-28 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Telecommunications apparatus and method
US5987328A (en) 1997-04-24 1999-11-16 Ephremides; Anthony Method and device for placement of transmitters in wireless networks
US6144638A (en) 1997-05-09 2000-11-07 Bbn Corporation Multi-tenant unit
US6304596B1 (en) 1997-05-09 2001-10-16 Broadcom Homenetworking, Inc. Method and apparatus for reducing signal processing requirements for transmitting packet-based data with a modem
US5982779A (en) 1997-05-28 1999-11-09 Lucent Technologies Inc. Priority access for real-time traffic in contention-based networks
US6070243A (en) 1997-06-13 2000-05-30 Xylan Corporation Deterministic user authentication service for communication network
US6029196A (en) 1997-06-18 2000-02-22 Netscape Communications Corporation Automatic client configuration system
US5909686A (en) 1997-06-30 1999-06-01 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Hardware-assisted central processing unit access to a forwarding database
US6199032B1 (en) 1997-07-23 2001-03-06 Edx Engineering, Inc. Presenting an output signal generated by a receiving device in a simulated communication system
US6937566B1 (en) 1997-07-25 2005-08-30 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Dynamic quality of service reservation in a mobile communications network
US6246751B1 (en) 1997-08-11 2001-06-12 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and methods for user identification to deny access or service to unauthorized users
US6240078B1 (en) 1997-08-20 2001-05-29 Nec Usa, Inc. ATM switching architecture for a wireless telecommunications network
WO1999011003A1 (en) 1997-08-29 1999-03-04 Extreme Networks Policy based quality of service
US6119009A (en) 1997-09-18 2000-09-12 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for modeling the propagation of wireless signals in buildings
US6429879B1 (en) 1997-09-30 2002-08-06 Compaq Computer Corporation Customization schemes for content presentation in a device with converged functionality
US6567146B2 (en) 1997-10-06 2003-05-20 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Liquid crystal display device having external connecting wirings and auxiliary wirings
US6567416B1 (en) 1997-10-14 2003-05-20 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method for access control in a multiple access system for communications networks
US6421714B1 (en) 1997-10-14 2002-07-16 Lucent Technologies Efficient mobility management scheme for a wireless internet access system
US6115390A (en) 1997-10-14 2000-09-05 Lucent Technologies, Inc. Bandwidth reservation and collision resolution method for multiple access communication networks where remote hosts send reservation requests to a base station for randomly chosen minislots
US5953669A (en) 1997-12-11 1999-09-14 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for predicting signal characteristics in a wireless communication system
US6356758B1 (en) 1997-12-31 2002-03-12 Nortel Networks Limited Wireless tools for data manipulation and visualization
US6148199A (en) 1998-01-30 2000-11-14 Motorola, Inc. Apparatus and method of updating a mobility database
US6496290B1 (en) 1998-01-31 2002-12-17 Lg Telecom, Inc. Optic repeater system for extending coverage
US6122520A (en) 1998-02-13 2000-09-19 Xerox Corporation System and method for obtaining and using location specific information
US20020062384A1 (en) 1998-03-06 2002-05-23 Tso Michael M. Method of proxy-assisted predictive pre-fetching
US6262988B1 (en) 1998-03-11 2001-07-17 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for subnetting in a switched IP network
US6154776A (en) 1998-03-20 2000-11-28 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Quality of service allocation on a network
US7028312B1 (en) 1998-03-23 2006-04-11 Webmethods XML remote procedure call (XML-RPC)
US20040093506A1 (en) 1998-03-24 2004-05-13 Symantec Corporation Bubble-protected system for automatic decryption of file data on a per-use basis and automatic re-encryption
US6446206B1 (en) 1998-04-01 2002-09-03 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for access control of a message queue
US6073152A (en) 1998-04-03 2000-06-06 Sarnoff Corporation Method and apparatus for filtering signals using a gamma delay line based estimation of power spectrum
US6677894B2 (en) 1998-04-28 2004-01-13 Snaptrack, Inc Method and apparatus for providing location-based information via a computer network
US6661787B1 (en) 1998-05-21 2003-12-09 3Com Technologies Integrated data table in a network
US6470025B1 (en) 1998-06-05 2002-10-22 3Com Technologies System for providing fair access for VLANs to a shared transmission medium
US6603970B1 (en) 1998-06-12 2003-08-05 Alcatel Communications network system with discrete terminal mobility and remote user registration associated with said mobility
US6347091B1 (en) 1998-06-19 2002-02-12 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method and apparatus for dynamically adapting a connection state in a mobile communications system
WO2000006271A1 (en) 1998-07-31 2000-02-10 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Method of starting up information processing apparatus, recording medium, and information processing apparatus
US6304906B1 (en) 1998-08-06 2001-10-16 Hewlett-Packard Company Method and systems for allowing data service system to provide class-based services to its users
US20020080790A1 (en) 1998-08-11 2002-06-27 Beshai Maged E. Universal transfer method and network with distributed switch
US6725260B1 (en) 1998-09-11 2004-04-20 L.V. Partners, L.P. Method and apparatus for configuring configurable equipment with configuration information received from a remote location
US20040259575A1 (en) 1998-09-22 2004-12-23 Polaris Wireless, Inc. Location determination using RF fingerprints
US6269246B1 (en) 1998-09-22 2001-07-31 Ppm, Inc. Location determination using RF fingerprinting
WO2000018148A1 (en) 1998-09-22 2000-03-30 Ppm, Inc. Location determination using rf fingerprinting
JP2000215169A (en) 1998-09-29 2000-08-04 Lucent Technol Inc Computer access depending upon position of accessing terminal
EP0992921A2 (en) 1998-09-29 2000-04-12 Lucent Technologies Inc. Computer access dependent on the location of the accessing terminal
US6101539A (en) 1998-10-02 2000-08-08 Kennelly; Richard J. Dynamic presentation of management objectives based on administrator privileges
US6160804A (en) 1998-11-13 2000-12-12 Lucent Technologies Inc. Mobility management for a multimedia mobile network
US6256300B1 (en) 1998-11-13 2001-07-03 Lucent Technologies Inc. Mobility management for a multimedia mobile network
US6747961B1 (en) 1998-11-13 2004-06-08 Lucent Technologies Inc. Mobility management for a multimedia mobile network
US6336035B1 (en) 1998-11-19 2002-01-01 Nortel Networks Limited Tools for wireless network planning
US6177905B1 (en) 1998-12-08 2001-01-23 Avaya Technology Corp. Location-triggered reminder for mobile user devices
US6584494B1 (en) 1998-12-18 2003-06-24 Fujitsu Limited Communication support method and communication support system
US6901439B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2005-05-31 Leviton Manufacturing Co., Inc. Method of adding a device to a network
US6564380B1 (en) 1999-01-26 2003-05-13 Pixelworld Networks, Inc. System and method for sending live video on the internet
US7929922B2 (en) 1999-02-16 2011-04-19 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Radio communication system, a transmitter and a receiver
US6721334B1 (en) 1999-02-18 2004-04-13 3Com Corporation Method and apparatus for packet aggregation in packet-based network
US7126913B1 (en) 1999-03-01 2006-10-24 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for managing transmission resources in a wireless communications network
US6218930B1 (en) 1999-03-10 2001-04-17 Merlot Communications Apparatus and method for remotely powering access equipment over a 10/100 switched ethernet network
WO2000054149A3 (en) 1999-03-10 2001-04-05 Automation Control Products Ll Methods and systems for reduced configuration dependency in thin client applications
US6614787B1 (en) 1999-03-30 2003-09-02 3Com Corporation System and method for efficiently handling multicast packets by aggregating VLAN context
US6570867B1 (en) 1999-04-09 2003-05-27 Nortel Networks Limited Routes and paths management
US6839348B2 (en) 1999-04-30 2005-01-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for distributing multicasts in virtual local area networks
US6208841B1 (en) 1999-05-03 2001-03-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Environmental simulator for a wireless communication device
US6990348B1 (en) 1999-05-07 2006-01-24 At&T Corp. Self-configuring wireless system and a method to derive re-use criteria and neighboring lists therefor
US6847620B1 (en) 1999-05-13 2005-01-25 Intermec Ip Corp. Mobile virtual LAN
US20050180345A1 (en) 1999-05-13 2005-08-18 Meier Robert C. Mobile virtual LAN
US6285662B1 (en) 1999-05-14 2001-09-04 Nokia Mobile Phones Limited Apparatus, and associated method for selecting a size of a contention window for a packet of data system
US6317599B1 (en) 1999-05-26 2001-11-13 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. Method and system for automated optimization of antenna positioning in 3-D
US6493679B1 (en) 1999-05-26 2002-12-10 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. Method and system for managing a real time bill of materials
US7027773B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2006-04-11 Afx Technology Group International, Inc. On/off keying node-to-node messaging transceiver network with dynamic routing and configuring
US6788938B1 (en) 1999-05-31 2004-09-07 Sony Corporation Construction method of radio network system and radio transmission device
US20050240665A1 (en) 1999-06-11 2005-10-27 Microsoft Corporation Dynamic self-configuration for ad hoc peer networking
US6996630B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2006-02-07 Mitsubishi Denki Kabushiki Kaisha Integrated network system
US6487604B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-11-26 Nortel Networks Limited Route monitoring graphical user interface, system and method
US6393290B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2002-05-21 Lucent Technologies Inc. Cost based model for wireless architecture
US6801782B2 (en) 1999-08-02 2004-10-05 Itt Manufacturing Enterprises, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining the position of a mobile communication device
US6865609B1 (en) 1999-08-17 2005-03-08 Sharewave, Inc. Multimedia extensions for wireless local area network
US6985469B2 (en) 1999-08-23 2006-01-10 Qualcomm Inc Adaptive channel estimation in a wireless communication system
US6456239B1 (en) 1999-08-25 2002-09-24 Rf Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for locating mobile tags
US20040119641A1 (en) 1999-09-07 2004-06-24 Rapeli Juha Heikki Antero Method of calculating the position of a mobile radio station based on shortest propagation time
US6240291B1 (en) 1999-09-09 2001-05-29 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stamford Junior University Method for handoff in wireless communication systems using pattern recognition
US7031705B2 (en) 1999-09-10 2006-04-18 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation Method and process for validating roaming cellular users
US6760324B1 (en) 1999-09-10 2004-07-06 Array Telecom Corporation Method, system, and computer program product for providing voice over the internet communication
US7089322B1 (en) 1999-10-28 2006-08-08 Motient Communications Inc. System and method of aggregating data from a plurality of data generating machines
US6631267B1 (en) 1999-11-04 2003-10-07 Lucent Technologies Inc. Road-based evaluation and interpolation of wireless network parameters
US20040143755A1 (en) 1999-11-18 2004-07-22 Jaycor Secure segregation of data of two or more domains or trust realms transmitted through a common data channel
US20070150945A1 (en) 1999-11-18 2007-06-28 L-3 Communications Corporation Secure segregation of data of two or more domains or trust realms transmitted through a common data channel
US6587680B1 (en) 1999-11-23 2003-07-01 Nokia Corporation Transfer of security association during a mobile terminal handover
US6798788B1 (en) 1999-11-24 2004-09-28 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Arrangement determining policies for layer 3 frame fragments in a network switch
US6721548B1 (en) 1999-12-22 2004-04-13 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. High dynamic range low ripple RSSI for zero-IF or low-IF receivers
US20040038687A1 (en) 1999-12-29 2004-02-26 Roderick Nelson Monitoring network performance using individual cell phone location and performance information
US7024199B1 (en) 1999-12-30 2006-04-04 Motient Communications Inc. System and method of querying a device, checking device roaming history and/or obtaining device modem statistics when device is within a home network and/or complementary network
US20010007567A1 (en) 2000-01-07 2001-07-12 Satoshi Ando Address management apparatus and address management method
US6574240B1 (en) 2000-01-19 2003-06-03 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Apparatus and method for implementing distributed layer 3 learning in a network switch
US20020052205A1 (en) 2000-01-26 2002-05-02 Vyyo, Ltd. Quality of service scheduling scheme for a broadband wireless access system
US6934260B1 (en) 2000-02-01 2005-08-23 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Arrangement for controlling learning of layer 3 network addresses in a network switch
US20050278614A1 (en) 2000-02-03 2005-12-15 Xmpie Inc. System and method for efficient production of dynamic documents
US6615276B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2003-09-02 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for a centralized facility for administering and performing connectivity and information management tasks for a mobile user
US6587835B1 (en) 2000-02-09 2003-07-01 G. Victor Treyz Shopping assistance with handheld computing device
US6512916B1 (en) 2000-02-23 2003-01-28 America Connect, Inc. Method for selecting markets in which to deploy fixed wireless communication systems
US20010024953A1 (en) 2000-02-24 2001-09-27 Peter Balogh Method and equipment for supporting mobility in a telecommunication system
US20020194251A1 (en) 2000-03-03 2002-12-19 Richter Roger K. Systems and methods for resource usage accounting in information management environments
US6785275B1 (en) 2000-03-13 2004-08-31 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for creating small group multicast over an existing unicast packet network
US6658389B1 (en) 2000-03-24 2003-12-02 Ahmet Alpdemir System, method, and business model for speech-interactive information system having business self-promotion, audio coupon and rating features
US20040214572A1 (en) 2000-04-18 2004-10-28 Wayport, Inc. System and method for concurrently utilizing multiple system identifiers
US6980533B1 (en) 2000-04-19 2005-12-27 Lucent Technologies Inc. Load balancing technique for a wireless internet access system
US6526275B1 (en) 2000-04-24 2003-02-25 Motorola, Inc. Method for informing a user of a communication device where to obtain a product and communication system employing same
US7079537B1 (en) 2000-04-25 2006-07-18 Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. Layer 3 switching logic architecture in an integrated network switch
US6738629B1 (en) 2000-05-10 2004-05-18 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method for flood paging in a telecommunications network
US7246243B2 (en) 2000-05-16 2007-07-17 Nec Corporation Identification system and method for authenticating user transaction requests from end terminals
US7058414B1 (en) 2000-05-26 2006-06-06 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Method and system for enabling device functions based on distance information
US20020040352A1 (en) 2000-06-29 2002-04-04 Mccormick Eamonn J. Method and system for producing an electronic business network
US6826399B1 (en) 2000-06-30 2004-11-30 Motorola, Inc. Apparatus and method of updating a mobility database
US7024394B1 (en) 2000-07-07 2006-04-04 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for protecting user logoff from web business transactions
US20020060995A1 (en) 2000-07-07 2002-05-23 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Dynamic channel selection scheme for IEEE 802.11 WLANs
US6659947B1 (en) 2000-07-13 2003-12-09 Ge Medical Systems Information Technologies, Inc. Wireless LAN architecture for integrated time-critical and non-time-critical services within medical facilities
US7020773B1 (en) 2000-07-17 2006-03-28 Citrix Systems, Inc. Strong mutual authentication of devices
US6404772B1 (en) 2000-07-27 2002-06-11 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Voice and data wireless communications network and method
US20020087699A1 (en) 2000-07-31 2002-07-04 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Dynamic QoS management in differentiated services using bandwidth brokers, RSVP aggregation and load control protocols
US6625454B1 (en) 2000-08-04 2003-09-23 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. Method and system for designing or deploying a communications network which considers frequency dependent effects
US6687498B2 (en) 2000-08-14 2004-02-03 Vesuvius Inc. Communique system with noncontiguous communique coverage areas in cellular communication networks
US7280495B1 (en) 2000-08-18 2007-10-09 Nortel Networks Limited Reliable broadcast protocol in a wireless local area network
US20020021701A1 (en) 2000-08-21 2002-02-21 Lavian Tal I. Dynamic assignment of traffic classes to a priority queue in a packet forwarding device
US20090031044A1 (en) 2000-08-22 2009-01-29 Conexant Systems, Inc. High-Speed MAC Address Search Engine
US7142867B1 (en) 2000-09-15 2006-11-28 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method of determining transmission rate from a mobile station to a base station in a wireless communication system
US6650912B2 (en) 2000-09-18 2003-11-18 Qualcomm, Incorporated Selecting paging channel mode
US6938079B1 (en) 2000-09-19 2005-08-30 3Com Corporation System and method for automatically configuring a client device
US6973622B1 (en) 2000-09-25 2005-12-06 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. System and method for design, tracking, measurement, prediction and optimization of data communication networks
US20050259597A1 (en) 2000-10-17 2005-11-24 Benedetto Marco D Multiple instance spanning tree protocol
US20050286466A1 (en) 2000-11-03 2005-12-29 Tagg James P System for providing mobile VoIP
US20020069278A1 (en) 2000-12-05 2002-06-06 Forsloew Jan Network-based mobile workgroup system
US6978301B2 (en) 2000-12-06 2005-12-20 Intelliden System and method for configuring a network device
US20020078361A1 (en) 2000-12-15 2002-06-20 David Giroux Information security architecture for encrypting documents for remote access while maintaining access control
US20020082913A1 (en) 2000-12-22 2002-06-27 Weijun Li Advertising enabled digital content
US20070091845A1 (en) 2000-12-28 2007-04-26 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Automatic and seamless vertical roaming between wireless local area network (WLAN) and wireless wide area network (WWAN) while maintaining an active voice or streaming data connection: systems, methods and program products
US7155518B2 (en) 2001-01-08 2006-12-26 Interactive People Unplugged Ab Extranet workgroup formation across multiple mobile virtual private networks
US20020095486A1 (en) 2001-01-12 2002-07-18 Paramvir Bahl Systems and methods for locating mobile computer users in a wireless network
US20020094824A1 (en) 2001-01-16 2002-07-18 Kennedy Joseph P. Method and system for applying wireless geolocation technology
US6839388B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2005-01-04 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. System and method for providing frequency domain synchronization for single carrier signals
US20020101868A1 (en) 2001-01-30 2002-08-01 David Clear Vlan tunneling protocol
US20020116655A1 (en) 2001-02-16 2002-08-22 Gemini Networks, Inc. System, method, and computer program product for dynamic bandwidth quality of service (QoS) provisioning
US6678802B2 (en) 2001-02-24 2004-01-13 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for controlling access by a plurality of concurrently operating processes to a resource
US7519372B2 (en) 2001-04-03 2009-04-14 At&T Mobility Ii Llc Methods and apparatus for mobile station location estimation
US20020157020A1 (en) 2001-04-20 2002-10-24 Coby Royer Firewall for protecting electronic commerce databases from malicious hackers
WO2002089442A1 (en) 2001-04-30 2002-11-07 Nokia Corporation Improvements in and relating to content delivery
US20020188756A1 (en) 2001-05-03 2002-12-12 Nortel Networks Limited Route protection in a communication network
US7139829B2 (en) 2001-05-08 2006-11-21 Nortel Networks Limited Identification of unused resources in a packet data network
US20020176437A1 (en) 2001-05-08 2002-11-28 Patrick Busch Wireless LAN with channel swapping between DFS access points
US6856800B1 (en) 2001-05-14 2005-02-15 At&T Corp. Fast authentication and access control system for mobile networking
US20020174137A1 (en) 2001-05-15 2002-11-21 Wolff Daniel Joseph Repairing alterations to computer files
US6678516B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2004-01-13 Nokia Corporation Method, system, and apparatus for providing services in a privacy enabled mobile and Ubicom environment
US20020191572A1 (en) 2001-06-04 2002-12-19 Nec Usa, Inc. Apparatus for public access mobility lan and method of operation thereof
US7570656B2 (en) 2001-06-18 2009-08-04 Yitran Communications Ltd. Channel access method for powerline carrier based media access control protocol
US20030014646A1 (en) 2001-07-05 2003-01-16 Buddhikot Milind M. Scheme for authentication and dynamic key exchange
US20030018661A1 (en) 2001-07-19 2003-01-23 Darugar Parand Tony XML smart mapping system and method
US20030018889A1 (en) * 2001-07-20 2003-01-23 Burnett Keith L. Automated establishment of addressability of a network device for a target network enviroment
US7134012B2 (en) 2001-08-15 2006-11-07 International Business Machines Corporation Methods, systems and computer program products for detecting a spoofed source address in IP datagrams
US7039037B2 (en) 2001-08-20 2006-05-02 Wang Jiwei R Method and apparatus for providing service selection, redirection and managing of subscriber access to multiple WAP (Wireless Application Protocol) gateways simultaneously
US20030055959A1 (en) 2001-08-27 2003-03-20 Kazuhiko Sato Method and system for managing computer network and non-network activities
US6674403B2 (en) 2001-09-05 2004-01-06 Newbury Networks, Inc. Position detection and location tracking in a wireless network
US20030043073A1 (en) 2001-09-05 2003-03-06 Gray Matthew K. Position detection and location tracking in a wireless network
US20040030777A1 (en) 2001-09-07 2004-02-12 Reedy Dennis G. Systems and methods for providing dynamic quality of service for a distributed system
US8140845B2 (en) 2001-09-13 2012-03-20 Alcatel Lucent Scheme for authentication and dynamic key exchange
US7035220B1 (en) 2001-10-22 2006-04-25 Intel Corporation Technique for providing end-to-end congestion control with no feedback from a lossless network
US6847892B2 (en) 2001-10-29 2005-01-25 Digital Angel Corporation System for localizing and sensing objects and providing alerts
US20030107590A1 (en) 2001-11-07 2003-06-12 Phillippe Levillain Policy rule management for QoS provisioning
US8000724B1 (en) 2001-11-14 2011-08-16 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Method and system for subnet-based transmission of mobile station location
US20030134642A1 (en) 2001-11-19 2003-07-17 At&T Corp. WLAN having load balancing by access point admission/termination
US6756940B2 (en) 2001-12-18 2004-06-29 Intel Corporation Remote terminal location algorithm
US7159016B2 (en) 2001-12-18 2007-01-02 Avaya Technology Corp. Method and apparatus for configuring an endpoint device to a computer network
US20030120764A1 (en) 2001-12-21 2003-06-26 Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. Real-time monitoring of services through aggregation view
US20040111640A1 (en) 2002-01-08 2004-06-10 Baum Robert T. IP based security applications using location, port and/or device identifier information
US7320070B2 (en) 2002-01-08 2008-01-15 Verizon Services Corp. Methods and apparatus for protecting against IP address assignments based on a false MAC address
US20030133450A1 (en) 2002-01-08 2003-07-17 Baum Robert T. Methods and apparatus for determining the port and/or physical location of an IP device and for using that information
US20030135762A1 (en) 2002-01-09 2003-07-17 Peel Wireless, Inc. Wireless networks security system
US20040029580A1 (en) 2002-01-18 2004-02-12 Nokia Corporation Method, system and device for service selection via a wireless local area network
US20040019857A1 (en) 2002-01-31 2004-01-29 Steven Teig Method and apparatus for specifying encoded sub-networks
US20030145081A1 (en) 2002-01-31 2003-07-31 Lau Richard C. Service performance correlation and analysis
US6879812B2 (en) 2002-02-08 2005-04-12 Networks Associates Technology Inc. Portable computing device and associated method for analyzing a wireless local area network
JP2003234751A (en) 2002-02-08 2003-08-22 Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> Dynamic vlan system, tag converter and authentication server
US7324487B2 (en) 2002-02-12 2008-01-29 Hitachi, Ltd. Wireless LAN system and method for roaming in a multiple base station
US20030156586A1 (en) 2002-02-19 2003-08-21 Broadcom Corporation Method and apparatus for flexible frame processing and classification engine
US20040062267A1 (en) 2002-03-06 2004-04-01 Minami John Shigeto Gigabit Ethernet adapter supporting the iSCSI and IPSEC protocols
JP2003274454A (en) 2002-03-13 2003-09-26 Ntt Docomo Inc Wireless communication terminal, wireless communication module, program, recording medium, wireless communication network, and communication control method
US20030174706A1 (en) 2002-03-15 2003-09-18 Broadcom Corporation Fastpath implementation for transparent local area network (LAN) services over multiprotocol label switching (MPLS)
US6839338B1 (en) 2002-03-20 2005-01-04 Utstarcom Incorporated Method to provide dynamic internet protocol security policy service
US20050114649A1 (en) 2002-03-27 2005-05-26 Challener David C. Methods apparatus and program products for wireless access points
US20050120125A1 (en) 2002-03-29 2005-06-02 Widevine Technologies, Inc. Process and streaming server for encrypting a data stream to a virtual smart card client system
WO2003085544A1 (en) 2002-04-04 2003-10-16 Airmagnet, Inc. Detecting an unauthorized station in a wireless local area network
US20030193910A1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-10-16 Docomo Communications Laboratories Usa, Inc. Context aware application level triggering mechanism for pre-authentication, service adaptation, pre-caching and handover in a heterogeneous network environment
US6624762B1 (en) 2002-04-11 2003-09-23 Unisys Corporation Hardware-based, LZW data compression co-processor
US20030204596A1 (en) 2002-04-29 2003-10-30 Satyendra Yadav Application-based network quality of service provisioning
US20040078598A1 (en) 2002-05-04 2004-04-22 Instant802 Networks Inc. Key management and control of wireless network access points at a central server
US20040054774A1 (en) 2002-05-04 2004-03-18 Instant802 Networks Inc. Using wireless network access points for monitoring radio spectrum traffic and interference
US7382756B2 (en) 2002-05-04 2008-06-03 Broadcom Corporation Integrated user and radio management in a wireless network environment
US6993683B2 (en) 2002-05-10 2006-01-31 Microsoft Corporation Analysis of pipelined networks
US20050058132A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2005-03-17 Fujitsu Limited Network repeater apparatus, network repeater method and network repeater program
US20040008652A1 (en) 2002-05-20 2004-01-15 Tanzella Fred C. System and method for sensing wireless LAN activity
US7856659B2 (en) 2002-05-29 2010-12-21 Wayport, Inc. System and method for user access to a distributed network communication system using persistent identification of subscribers
US7013157B1 (en) 2002-06-03 2006-03-14 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method for multicast delivery with designated acknowledgment
US20030227934A1 (en) 2002-06-11 2003-12-11 White Eric D. System and method for multicast media access using broadcast transmissions with multiple acknowledgements in an Ad-Hoc communications network
US20050193103A1 (en) 2002-06-18 2005-09-01 John Drabik Method and apparatus for automatic configuration and management of a virtual private network
US20050239461A1 (en) 2002-06-21 2005-10-27 The Regents Of The Unviersity Of California Registration of a wlan as a umts routing area for wlan-umts interworking
JP2004032525A (en) 2002-06-27 2004-01-29 Nec Corp USER AUTHENTICATION QoS POLICY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM AND METHOD, AND LAN SWITCH
US20040002343A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. Location determination in a wireless communication network
US20040003285A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 Robert Whelan System and method for detecting unauthorized wireless access points
US20050276218A1 (en) 2002-07-05 2005-12-15 Alcatel Resource admission control in an access network
US7509096B2 (en) 2002-07-26 2009-03-24 Broadcom Corporation Wireless access point setup and management within wireless local area network
US20050068925A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2005-03-31 Stephen Palm Wireless access point setup and management within wireless local area network
US20040025044A1 (en) 2002-07-30 2004-02-05 Day Christopher W. Intrusion detection system
US20040054569A1 (en) 2002-07-31 2004-03-18 Alvaro Pombo Contextual computing system
US7068999B2 (en) 2002-08-02 2006-06-27 Symbol Technologies, Inc. System and method for detection of a rogue wireless access point in a wireless communication network
WO2004013986A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2004-02-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. A method for grouping 802.11 stations into authorized service sets to differentiate network access and services
US20060193258A1 (en) 2002-08-02 2006-08-31 Ballai Philip N System and method for detection of a rouge wireless access point in a wireless communication network
US20040030931A1 (en) 2002-08-12 2004-02-12 Chamandy Alexander G. System and method for providing enhanced network security
US20040120370A1 (en) 2002-08-13 2004-06-24 Agilent Technologies, Inc. Mounting arrangement for high-frequency electro-optical components
US7493407B2 (en) 2002-08-14 2009-02-17 Drs Technical Services, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling the allocation of bandwidth of a network access point to an application having a message transmitted on the network
US7274730B2 (en) 2002-08-26 2007-09-25 Hitachi Kokusai Electric Inc. QoS control method for transmission data for radio transmitter and radio receiver using the method
US20040044749A1 (en) 2002-08-30 2004-03-04 Harkin Arthur S. Method and system for controlling class of service admission to a server
US20040049699A1 (en) 2002-09-06 2004-03-11 Capital One Financial Corporation System and method for remotely monitoring wireless networks
US20060174336A1 (en) 2002-09-06 2006-08-03 Jyshyang Chen VPN and firewall integrated system
US20040047320A1 (en) 2002-09-09 2004-03-11 Siemens Canada Limited Wireless local area network with clients having extended freedom of movement
US6917688B2 (en) 2002-09-11 2005-07-12 Nanyang Technological University Adaptive noise cancelling microphone system
US20040054926A1 (en) 2002-09-11 2004-03-18 Wholepoint Corporation Peer connected device for protecting access to local area networks
US20040114546A1 (en) 2002-09-17 2004-06-17 Nambirajan Seshadri System and method for providing a mesh network using a plurality of wireless access points (WAPs)
US20040053632A1 (en) 2002-09-18 2004-03-18 Nikkelen Vincent Johannes Wilhelmus Distributing shared network access information in a shared network mobile communications system
US7239862B1 (en) 2002-09-19 2007-07-03 Cellco Partnership Method of and system for processing prepaid wireless data communications
US6957067B1 (en) 2002-09-24 2005-10-18 Aruba Networks System and method for monitoring and enforcing policy within a wireless network
US20040064560A1 (en) 2002-09-26 2004-04-01 Cisco Technology, Inc., A California Corporation Per user per service traffic provisioning
US20040064591A1 (en) 2002-09-30 2004-04-01 Erwin Noble Dynamic network configuration
US20080228942A1 (en) 2002-10-08 2008-09-18 Broadcom Corporation Enterprise wireless local area network switching system
US20040068668A1 (en) 2002-10-08 2004-04-08 Broadcom Corporation Enterprise wireless local area network switching system
US7158777B2 (en) 2002-10-15 2007-01-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Authentication method for fast handover in a wireless local area network
US7062566B2 (en) 2002-10-24 2006-06-13 3Com Corporation System and method for using virtual local area network tags with a virtual private network
US7092529B2 (en) 2002-11-01 2006-08-15 Nanyang Technological University Adaptive control system for noise cancellation
US7421248B1 (en) 2002-11-12 2008-09-02 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for adjusting operational parameter of a wireless device bases upon a monitored characteristic
US20060041683A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2006-02-23 Infineon Technologies Ag Reducing the memory requirements of a data switch
US20040095932A1 (en) 2002-11-18 2004-05-20 Toshiba America Information Systems, Inc. Method for SIP - mobility and mobile - IP coexistence
US20040095914A1 (en) 2002-11-19 2004-05-20 Toshiba America Research, Inc. Quality of service (QoS) assurance system using data transmission control
US20040106403A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-06-03 Nec Infrontia Corporation Method and system for QoS control using wireless LAN network, its base station, and terminal
US7350077B2 (en) 2002-11-26 2008-03-25 Cisco Technology, Inc. 802.11 using a compressed reassociation exchange to facilitate fast handoff
US20060152344A1 (en) 2002-12-07 2006-07-13 Mowery Richard A Jr Powerline Communication Network Handoff
US20040132438A1 (en) 2002-12-19 2004-07-08 Att Wireless Services Inc Automated Device Behavior Management Based 0n Preset Preferences
US7349412B1 (en) * 2002-12-20 2008-03-25 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Method and system for distribution of voice communication service via a wireless local area network
US20060265689A1 (en) 2002-12-24 2006-11-23 Eugene Kuznetsov Methods and apparatus for processing markup language messages in a network
EP1445893A2 (en) 2002-12-31 2004-08-11 Vioteq Oy Management of wireless local area network
US20050166072A1 (en) 2002-12-31 2005-07-28 Converse Vikki K. Method and system for wireless morphing honeypot
US7290051B2 (en) 2003-01-09 2007-10-30 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Method and apparatus for hardware implementation independent verification of network layers
US7020438B2 (en) 2003-01-09 2006-03-28 Nokia Corporation Selection of access point in a wireless communication system
US20040143428A1 (en) 2003-01-22 2004-07-22 Rappaport Theodore S. System and method for automated placement or configuration of equipment for obtaining desired network performance objectives
US20050122927A1 (en) 2003-01-29 2005-06-09 Conexant, Inc. Power management for wireless direct link
US7324489B1 (en) 2003-02-18 2008-01-29 Cisco Technology, Inc. Managing network service access
US20090028118A1 (en) 2003-02-18 2009-01-29 Airwave Wireless, Inc. Methods, apparatuses and systems facilitating management of airspace in wireless computer network environments
US7155236B2 (en) 2003-02-18 2006-12-26 Qualcomm Incorporated Scheduled and autonomous transmission and acknowledgement
US20040165545A1 (en) 2003-02-21 2004-08-26 Qwest Communications International Inc. Systems and methods for creating a wireless network
US7116979B2 (en) 2003-02-24 2006-10-03 Autocell Laboratories, Inc Wireless channel selection method and system using scanning for identifying access point
US7146166B2 (en) 2003-02-24 2006-12-05 Autocell Laboratories, Inc Transmission channel selection program
US20050026611A1 (en) 2003-02-24 2005-02-03 Floyd Backes Wireless access point protocol method
US20090046688A1 (en) 2003-03-06 2009-02-19 Volpi John P Method and System for Providing Broadband Multimedia Services
US20040174900A1 (en) 2003-03-06 2004-09-09 Incucomm, Inc. A Delaware Corporation Method and system for providing broadband multimedia services
US20060173844A1 (en) * 2003-03-14 2006-08-03 Junbiao Zhang Automatic configuration of client terminal in public hot spot
US7379423B1 (en) 2003-03-20 2008-05-27 Occam Networks, Inc. Filtering subscriber traffic to prevent denial-of-service attacks
US20040184475A1 (en) 2003-03-21 2004-09-23 Robert Meier Method for a simple 802.11e HCF implementation
US20040193709A1 (en) 2003-03-24 2004-09-30 Selvaggi Christopher David Methods, systems and computer program products for evaluating network performance using diagnostic rules
US7603710B2 (en) 2003-04-03 2009-10-13 Network Security Technologies, Inc. Method and system for detecting characteristics of a wireless network
US20040259552A1 (en) 2003-04-11 2004-12-23 Sony Corporation Radio communication system, radio communication apparatus and method, and program
WO2004095800A1 (en) 2003-04-17 2004-11-04 Cisco Technology, Inc 802.11 using a compressed reassociation exchange to facilitate fast handoff
US20040208570A1 (en) 2003-04-18 2004-10-21 Reader Scot A. Wavelength-oriented virtual networks
US7359676B2 (en) 2003-04-21 2008-04-15 Airdefense, Inc. Systems and methods for adaptively scanning for wireless communications
WO2004095192A3 (en) 2003-04-21 2007-11-29 Airdefense Inc Systems and methods for securing wireless computer networks
US20040259555A1 (en) 2003-04-23 2004-12-23 Rappaport Theodore S. System and method for predicting network performance and position location using multiple table lookups
US20040255167A1 (en) 2003-04-28 2004-12-16 Knight James Michael Method and system for remote network security management
US20040221042A1 (en) 2003-04-30 2004-11-04 Meier Robert C. Mobile ethernet
US20040230370A1 (en) 2003-05-12 2004-11-18 Assimakis Tzamaloukas Enhanced mobile communication device with extended radio, and applications
US20090260083A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2009-10-15 Foundry Networks, Inc. System and method for source ip anti-spoofing security
US20040236702A1 (en) 2003-05-21 2004-11-25 Fink Ian M. User fraud detection and prevention of access to a distributed network communication system
US20040233234A1 (en) 2003-05-22 2004-11-25 International Business Machines Corporation Appparatus and method for automating the diagramming of virtual local area networks
US20060088050A1 (en) 2003-05-23 2006-04-27 Xius India Ltd. System for a next generation wireless intelligent services engine (WISENG)
US20050037818A1 (en) 2003-05-28 2005-02-17 Nambirajan Seshadri Providing a universal wireless headset
US7460855B2 (en) 2003-06-03 2008-12-02 Microsoft Corporation Selective pre-authentication to anticipated primary wireless access points
US20040246937A1 (en) 2003-06-03 2004-12-09 Francis Duong Providing contention free quality of service to time constrained data
US20050021979A1 (en) 2003-06-05 2005-01-27 Ulrich Wiedmann Methods and systems of remote authentication for computer networks
US8019082B1 (en) * 2003-06-05 2011-09-13 Mcafee, Inc. Methods and systems for automated configuration of 802.1x clients
US20040246962A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2004-12-09 Kopeikin Roy A. Dynamically assignable resource class system to directly map 3GPP subscriber communications to a MPLS-based protocol
US7421487B1 (en) 2003-06-12 2008-09-02 Juniper Networks, Inc. Centralized management of quality of service (QoS) information for data flows
US20040252656A1 (en) 2003-06-13 2004-12-16 Shiu Da-Shan Inter-frequency neighbor list searching
US7483390B2 (en) 2003-06-30 2009-01-27 Intel Corporation System and method for dynamically configuring and transitioning wired and wireless networks
US20060143702A1 (en) 2003-07-04 2006-06-29 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Remote access vpn mediation method and mediation device
US7665132B2 (en) 2003-07-04 2010-02-16 Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation Remote access VPN mediation method and mediation device
US20050015592A1 (en) 2003-07-15 2005-01-20 Jeou-Kai Lin System and method for application and user-based class of security
US20050030929A1 (en) 2003-07-15 2005-02-10 Highwall Technologies, Llc Device and method for detecting unauthorized, "rogue" wireless LAN access points
US7636363B2 (en) 2003-07-28 2009-12-22 International Business Machines Corporation Adaptive QoS system and method
US20050025105A1 (en) 2003-07-30 2005-02-03 Seon-Soo Rue Apparatus and method for processing packets in wireless local area network access point
US20050025103A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-03 Ming-Chih Ko Automatic recognition system for use in a wireless local area network (LAN)
US20050040968A1 (en) 2003-07-31 2005-02-24 Chanakya Damarla Method for RF fingerprinting
US20050030894A1 (en) 2003-08-04 2005-02-10 Stephens Adrian P. Techniques for channel access and transmit queue selection
US7263366B2 (en) 2003-08-06 2007-08-28 Nec Corporation Channel selection method, and wireless station and wireless terminal employing it
US20050037733A1 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-02-17 3E Technologies, International, Inc. Method and system for wireless intrusion detection prevention and security management
US20050050540A1 (en) 2003-08-25 2005-03-03 Jay Shaughnessy Software agents incorporating message-driven beans for J2EE computing environment
US20050054350A1 (en) 2003-08-26 2005-03-10 Chris Zegelin Real time location system
US20080215613A1 (en) 2003-08-29 2008-09-04 Ennio Grasso Method and System For Transferring Objects Between Programming Platforms Computer Program Product Thereof
US20050054326A1 (en) 2003-09-09 2005-03-10 Todd Rogers Method and system for securing and monitoring a wireless network
US7324468B2 (en) 2003-09-10 2008-01-29 Broadcom Corporation System and method for medium access control in a power-save network
US20050059405A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-03-17 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Simulation driven wireless LAN planning
US20050059406A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-03-17 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless LAN measurement feedback
US20050073980A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-04-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless LAN management
US6985697B2 (en) 2003-09-22 2006-01-10 Nokia, Inc. Method and system for wirelessly managing the operation of a network appliance over a limited distance
US20050064873A1 (en) 2003-09-22 2005-03-24 Jeyhan Karaoguz Automatic quality of service based resource allocation
US7110756B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2006-09-19 Cognio, Inc. Automated real-time site survey in a shared frequency band environment
US20080250496A1 (en) 2003-10-07 2008-10-09 Daisuke Namihira Frame Relay Device
US20070008884A1 (en) 2003-10-08 2007-01-11 Bob Tang Immediate ready implementation of virtually congestion free guarantedd service capable network
US20050078644A1 (en) 2003-10-14 2005-04-14 Intel Corporation Service discovery architecture and method for wireless networks
US20050181805A1 (en) 2003-10-17 2005-08-18 Gallagher Michael D. Method and system for determining the location of an unlicensed mobile access subscriber
US7607136B2 (en) 2003-10-28 2009-10-20 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method and apparatus for interfacing with a distributed computing service
US20050157730A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2005-07-21 Grant Robert H. Configuration management for transparent gateways in heterogeneous storage networks
US20050097618A1 (en) 2003-11-04 2005-05-05 Universal Electronics Inc. System and method for saving and recalling state data for media and home appliances
US20050223111A1 (en) 2003-11-04 2005-10-06 Nehru Bhandaru Secure, standards-based communications across a wide-area network
US7443823B2 (en) 2003-11-06 2008-10-28 Interdigital Technology Corporation Access points with selective communication rate and scheduling control and related methods for wireless local area networks (WLANs)
US20060206582A1 (en) 2003-11-17 2006-09-14 David Finn Portable music device with song tag capture
US20070135159A1 (en) 2003-11-21 2007-06-14 Nokia Corporation Service discovery in a wireless communication system
US20050122977A1 (en) 2003-12-05 2005-06-09 Microsoft Corporation Efficient download mechanism for devices with limited local storage
US20050128989A1 (en) 2003-12-08 2005-06-16 Airtight Networks, Inc Method and system for monitoring a selected region of an airspace associated with local area networks of computing devices
US20070115842A1 (en) 2003-12-10 2007-05-24 Junichi Matsuda Transmission time difference measurement method and system
US20050128142A1 (en) 2003-12-10 2005-06-16 Chang-Sub Shin Base station and mobile terminal for location detection, and location detecting method
EP1542409B1 (en) 2003-12-10 2009-04-15 Sony Deutschland GmbH Protocol for multi-hop ad-hoc networks
US20050147032A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-07 Lyon Norman A. Apportionment of traffic management functions between devices in packet-based communication networks
US20050144237A1 (en) 2003-12-24 2005-06-30 Rafael Heredia Instant messaging terminal adapted for Wi-Fi access points
US7466678B2 (en) 2003-12-29 2008-12-16 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. System and method for passive scanning of authorized wireless channels
US20050159154A1 (en) 2003-12-30 2005-07-21 Goren David P. Location tracking using directional antennas combined with signal strength measurements
US7526542B2 (en) 2004-01-16 2009-04-28 Computer Associates Think, Inc. Methods and apparatus for information processing and display for network management
US20050163078A1 (en) 2004-01-22 2005-07-28 Toshiba America Research, Inc. Mobility architecture using pre-authentication, pre-configuration and/or virtual soft-handoff
US20050163146A1 (en) 2004-01-26 2005-07-28 Migaku Ota Packet transfer apparatus
US7310664B1 (en) 2004-02-06 2007-12-18 Extreme Networks Unified, configurable, adaptive, network architecture
US20050175027A1 (en) 2004-02-09 2005-08-11 Phonex Broadband Corporation System and method for requesting and granting access to a network channel
US20050259611A1 (en) 2004-02-11 2005-11-24 Airtight Technologies, Inc. (F/K/A Wibhu Technologies, Inc.) Automated sniffer apparatus and method for monitoring computer systems for unauthorized access
US7221927B2 (en) 2004-02-13 2007-05-22 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Station mobility between access points
US20050180358A1 (en) 2004-02-13 2005-08-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Station mobility between access points
US20070189222A1 (en) 2004-02-13 2007-08-16 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Station mobility between access points
US7477894B1 (en) 2004-02-23 2009-01-13 Foundry Networks, Inc. Methods and apparatus for handling wireless roaming among and across wireless area networks
US8270384B2 (en) 2004-03-02 2012-09-18 Panasonic Corporation Wireless point that provides functions for a wireless local area network to be separated between the wireless point and one or more control nodes, and method for providing service in a wireless local area network having functions separated between a wireless point and one or more control nodes
US7489648B2 (en) 2004-03-11 2009-02-10 Cisco Technology, Inc. Optimizing 802.11 power-save for VLAN
US20050207336A1 (en) 2004-03-19 2005-09-22 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. System and method of receiving various packet services through the same internet protocol address in a universal mobile telecommunication service system
US20050213519A1 (en) 2004-03-24 2005-09-29 Sandeep Relan Global positioning system (GPS) based secure access
US20050220033A1 (en) 2004-04-05 2005-10-06 Mci, Inc. Apparatus and method for testing and fault isolation in a communication network
US20050243737A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-03 John Dooley Protocol for communication between access ports and wireless switches
US20050245258A1 (en) 2004-04-28 2005-11-03 Classon Brian K Method and apparatus for transmission and reception of narrowband signals within a wideband communication system
US20050256931A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Bernd Follmeg Methods and apparatuses for processing messages in an enterprise computing environment
US20050245269A1 (en) 2004-04-30 2005-11-03 Intel Corporation Channel scanning in wireless networks
US20050270992A1 (en) 2004-05-05 2005-12-08 Cisco Technology, Inc. Internet protocol authentication in layer-3 multipoint tunneling for wireless access points
US20060030290A1 (en) 2004-05-07 2006-02-09 Interdigital Technology Corporation Supporting emergency calls on a wireless local area network
US7376080B1 (en) 2004-05-11 2008-05-20 Packeteer, Inc. Packet load shedding
US7680501B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2010-03-16 Nokia Corporation Locating mobile terminals
US20050273442A1 (en) 2004-05-21 2005-12-08 Naftali Bennett System and method of fraud reduction
US20050268335A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2005-12-01 Nokia Inc. System, method and computer program product for updating the states of a firewall
US7336961B1 (en) 2004-06-04 2008-02-26 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Method and system for determining location of a mobile station within a distributed antenna system
US7817554B2 (en) 2004-07-05 2010-10-19 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Methods and devices for changing quality of service
WO2006014512A2 (en) 2004-07-07 2006-02-09 Meshnetworks, Inc. System and method for selecting stable routes in wireless networks
US7451316B2 (en) 2004-07-15 2008-11-11 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for pre-authentication
US20080031257A1 (en) 2004-07-20 2008-02-07 British Telecommunications Public Limited Company Method of Operating a System
US8019352B2 (en) 2004-07-23 2011-09-13 Wireless Valley Communications, Inc. System, method, and apparatus for determining and using the position of wireless devices or infrastructure for wireless network enhancements
US20060035662A1 (en) 2004-08-11 2006-02-16 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and system for cell selection/reselection taking into account congestion status of target cell in a mobile communication system
US20060050742A1 (en) 2004-08-12 2006-03-09 Interdigital Technology Corporation Method and system for controlling access to a wireless communication medium
US20060039395A1 (en) 2004-08-19 2006-02-23 Xavier Perez-Costa Method for improving quality of service in a wireless network
US20060046744A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Microsoft Corporation System and method for enforcing location privacy using rights management
US20060045050A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Andreas Floros Method and system for a quality of service mechanism for a wireless network
US20060064480A1 (en) 2004-09-07 2006-03-23 Lesartre Gregg B Testing a data communication architecture
US7317914B2 (en) 2004-09-24 2008-01-08 Microsoft Corporation Collaboratively locating disconnected clients and rogue access points in a wireless network
US20060073847A1 (en) 2004-10-05 2006-04-06 Dell Products L.P. Scheme and algorithm to form direct links
US20060104224A1 (en) 2004-10-13 2006-05-18 Gurminder Singh Wireless access point with fingerprint authentication
US7224970B2 (en) 2004-10-26 2007-05-29 Motorola, Inc. Method of scanning for beacon transmissions in a WLAN
US20060098607A1 (en) 2004-10-28 2006-05-11 Meshnetworks, Inc. System and method to support multicast routing in large scale wireless mesh networks
US20060217131A1 (en) 2004-10-29 2006-09-28 Skyhook Wireless, Inc. Location-based services that choose location algorithms based on number of detected access points within range of user device
US20060094440A1 (en) 2004-11-01 2006-05-04 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method for multicast load balancing in wireless LANs
US7417953B2 (en) 2004-11-01 2008-08-26 Alcatel Lucent Port re-enabling by monitoring link status
US20060117174A1 (en) 2004-11-29 2006-06-01 Arcadyan Technology Corporation Method of auto-configuration and auto-prioritizing for wireless security domain
US20060114938A1 (en) 2004-11-30 2006-06-01 Broadcom Corporation Network for supporting advance features on legacy components
US20060114872A1 (en) 2004-12-01 2006-06-01 Canon Kabushiki Kaisha Wireless control apparatus, system, control method, and program
US20060128415A1 (en) 2004-12-09 2006-06-15 Hideto Horikoshi Apparatus and method for detecting a wireless access point for wireless network communication
US7475130B2 (en) 2004-12-23 2009-01-06 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for problem resolution in communications networks
US20060143496A1 (en) 2004-12-23 2006-06-29 Silverman Robert M System and method for problem resolution in communications networks
US20060160540A1 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-20 Guenael Strutt System and method for determining the mobility of nodes in a wireless communication network
US7447502B2 (en) 2005-01-14 2008-11-04 Research In Motion Limited Scheme for providing regulatory compliance in performing network selection in a foreign country
US20060161983A1 (en) 2005-01-20 2006-07-20 Cothrell Scott A Inline intrusion detection
US20060168383A1 (en) 2005-01-21 2006-07-27 Wei-Fen Lin Apparatus and method for scheduling requests to source device
US7733868B2 (en) 2005-01-26 2010-06-08 Internet Broadcasting Corp. Layered multicast and fair bandwidth allocation and packet prioritization
US20060165103A1 (en) 2005-01-26 2006-07-27 Colubris Networks, Inc. Configurable quality-of-service support per virtual access point (vap) in a wireless lan (wlan) access device
US20060182118A1 (en) 2005-02-01 2006-08-17 Hong Kong Applied Science and Technology Research Institute Company Limited System And Method For Efficient Traffic Processing
US20060178168A1 (en) 2005-02-07 2006-08-10 Peter Roach Methods and apparatus for alerting a wireless network administrator to the location or status of a wireless device
US7480264B1 (en) 2005-02-10 2009-01-20 Sonicwall, Inc. Centralized wireless LAN load balancing
US20060189311A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Cromer Daryl C Apparatus, system, and method for rapid wireless network association
US20060187878A1 (en) 2005-02-18 2006-08-24 Cisco Technology, Inc. Methods, apparatuses and systems facilitating client handoffs in wireless network systems
US20060190721A1 (en) 2005-02-21 2006-08-24 Fujitsu Limited Communication apparatus, program and method
US7370362B2 (en) 2005-03-03 2008-05-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for locating rogue access point switch ports in a wireless network
US20060200862A1 (en) 2005-03-03 2006-09-07 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for locating rogue access point switch ports in a wireless network related patent applications
US20070064673A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2007-03-22 Nehru Bhandaru Flexible, scalable, wireless data forwarding and mobility for secure wireless networks
US20060215601A1 (en) 2005-03-14 2006-09-28 H-Stream Wireless, Inc. Method and apparatus for coordinating a wireless PAN network and a wireless LAN network
US20060248331A1 (en) 2005-03-15 2006-11-02 Dan Harkins System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
US7529925B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2009-05-05 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
US20090198999A1 (en) 2005-03-15 2009-08-06 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
US8161278B2 (en) 2005-03-15 2012-04-17 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
US20120204031A1 (en) 2005-03-15 2012-08-09 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for distributing keys in a wireless network
US7603119B1 (en) * 2005-03-16 2009-10-13 Sprint Spectrum L.P. Automatic over-the-air updating of a preferred roaming list (PRL) in a multi-mode device, based on an account association between the device and a wireless local area network (WLAN) access point
US20070291689A1 (en) 2005-03-30 2007-12-20 Crossbow Technology, Inc. Delivery of Data Packets via Aggregated Spatial Distribution Overlay on a Mesh Network
US20090293106A1 (en) 2005-03-31 2009-11-26 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling wireless network access privileges based on wireless client location
US7551574B1 (en) 2005-03-31 2009-06-23 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Method and apparatus for controlling wireless network access privileges based on wireless client location
US20100261475A1 (en) 2005-04-11 2010-10-14 Kim Yong-Ho Method of initializing and establishing links in a multi-mode mobile terminal
US20090252120A1 (en) 2005-04-11 2009-10-08 Yong Ho Kim Method of communication supporting media independent handover
US20060245393A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-02 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Method, system and apparatus for layer 3 roaming in wireless local area networks (WLANs)
US20060248229A1 (en) 2005-04-27 2006-11-02 3Com Corporation Network including snooping
US20060276192A1 (en) 2005-05-18 2006-12-07 Ashutosh Dutta Seamless handoff across heterogeneous access networks using a handoff controller in a service control point
US20060268696A1 (en) * 2005-05-25 2006-11-30 Alain Konstantinov Data packets scrambling module and method
US20060274774A1 (en) 2005-06-07 2006-12-07 Extreme Networks, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer program products for dynamic network access device port and user device configuration for implementing device-based and user-based policies
US20100159827A1 (en) 2005-06-15 2010-06-24 Mark Rhodes Underwater remote sensing
US20060285489A1 (en) 2005-06-21 2006-12-21 Lucent Technologies Inc. Method and apparatus for providing end-to-end high quality services based on performance characterizations of network conditions
US7505434B1 (en) 2005-06-23 2009-03-17 Autocell Laboratories, Inc. VLAN tagging in WLANs
US20060292992A1 (en) 2005-06-23 2006-12-28 Fujitsu Limited Communication method in mobile communication system, and mobile station and base station in the same system
US20070002833A1 (en) 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Symbol Technologies, Inc. Method, system and apparatus for assigning and managing IP addresses for wireless clients in wireless local area networks (WLANs)
US20070010248A1 (en) * 2005-07-07 2007-01-11 Subrahmanyam Dravida Methods and devices for interworking of wireless wide area networks and wireless local area networks or wireless personal area networks
US20070011318A1 (en) 2005-07-11 2007-01-11 Corrigent Systems Ltd. Transparent transport of fibre channel traffic over packet-switched networks
US7894852B2 (en) 2005-07-13 2011-02-22 Broadcom Corporation Channel reciprocity matrix determination in a wireless MIMO communication system
US20070025265A1 (en) 2005-07-22 2007-02-01 Porras Phillip A Method and apparatus for wireless network security
US20070027964A1 (en) 2005-07-28 2007-02-01 Allan Herrod System and method for rapid deployment of network appliances and infrastructure devices
US20070025306A1 (en) * 2005-08-01 2007-02-01 Cisco Technology, Inc. Method and system for dynamic assignment of wireless LAN access point identity
GB2429080A (en) 2005-08-08 2007-02-14 Giga Byte Tech Co Ltd Dual-boot combined wireless adapter and access point
US7920548B2 (en) 2005-08-18 2011-04-05 Hong Kong Applied Science And Technology Research Institute Co. Ltd. Intelligent switching for secure and reliable voice-over-IP PBX service
US7293136B1 (en) 2005-08-19 2007-11-06 Emc Corporation Management of two-queue request structure for quality of service in disk storage systems
US20070067823A1 (en) 2005-09-02 2007-03-22 Shim Choon B System and apparatus for rogue VoIP phone detection and managing VoIP phone mobility
US20070054616A1 (en) 2005-09-06 2007-03-08 Apple Computer, Inc. RFID network arrangement
US20070058598A1 (en) 2005-09-09 2007-03-15 Hon Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd. Method and system for detecting rogue access points and device for identifying rogue access points
US20070064718A1 (en) 2005-09-19 2007-03-22 Ekl Randy L Method of reliable multicasting
US7738433B2 (en) 2005-09-27 2010-06-15 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Method, apparatus, and computer program products for adapting a transmission setting
US20070070937A1 (en) 2005-09-28 2007-03-29 Mustafa Demirhan Multi-radio mesh network channel selection and load balancing
US20070076694A1 (en) 2005-09-30 2007-04-05 Pradeep Iyer VLAN mobility
US8014404B2 (en) 2005-09-30 2011-09-06 Motorola Solutions, Inc. Method and system for priority based routing
US20070083924A1 (en) 2005-10-08 2007-04-12 Lu Hongqian K System and method for multi-stage packet filtering on a networked-enabled device
US20070082677A1 (en) * 2005-10-11 2007-04-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. Automated configuration of RF WLANs via selected sensors
US20070081477A1 (en) 2005-10-11 2007-04-12 Cisco Technology, Inc. Virtual LAN override in a multiple BSSID mode of operation
US7724703B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2010-05-25 Belden, Inc. System and method for wireless network monitoring
US20090274060A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-11-05 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US8116275B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2012-02-14 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and network for wireless network monitoring
US20070086397A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Ron Taylor System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US7551619B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-06-23 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Identity-based networking
US20070086398A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Manish Tiwari Identity-based networking
US20070086378A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-04-19 Matta Sudheer P C System and method for wireless network monitoring
US7573859B2 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-08-11 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for remote monitoring in a wireless network
US20110128858A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2011-06-02 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and network for wireless network monitoring
US20070160046A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-07-12 Matta Sudheer P C System and method for reliable multicast
US20070183375A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2007-08-09 Manish Tiwari System and method for network integrity
US20090257437A1 (en) 2005-10-13 2009-10-15 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Identity-based networking
US20070091889A1 (en) 2005-10-25 2007-04-26 Xin Xiao Method and apparatus for group leader selection in wireless multicast service
US20070098086A1 (en) 2005-10-28 2007-05-03 Vasudev Bhaskaran Spatio-temporal noise filter for digital video
US7706749B2 (en) 2005-11-07 2010-04-27 Nokia Corporation Supporting a setup of a wireless connection
US20070104197A1 (en) 2005-11-09 2007-05-10 Cisco Technology, Inc. Propagating black hole shunts to remote routers with split tunnel and IPSec direct encapsulation
US20070106776A1 (en) 2005-11-10 2007-05-10 Masahiro Konno Information processing system and method of assigning information processing device
US20070183402A1 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-08-09 Bennett James D Voice communication device with PSTN and internet pathway analysis, selection and handoff
US20070110035A1 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-05-17 Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation Network nodes cooperatively routing traffic flow amongst wired and wireless networks
US20070109991A1 (en) 2005-11-14 2007-05-17 Broadcom Corporation, A California Corporation Access point supporting direct and indirect downstream delivery based on communication characteristics
US7715432B2 (en) 2005-11-14 2010-05-11 Broadcom Corporation Primary protocol stack having a secondary protocol stack entry point
US20070136372A1 (en) 2005-12-12 2007-06-14 Proctor Lee M Methods of quality of service management and supporting apparatus and readable medium
US20070133494A1 (en) 2005-12-13 2007-06-14 Hung-Chun Lai Method and computer readable media for efficient channel access by using partial error detection code in centralized wireless communication system
US20070135866A1 (en) 2005-12-14 2007-06-14 Welch Allyn Inc. Medical device wireless adapter
US20070143851A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-21 Fiberlink Method and systems for controlling access to computing resources based on known security vulnerabilities
US20070140163A1 (en) 2005-12-21 2007-06-21 Cisco Technology, Inc. System and method for integrated WiFi/WiMax neighbor AP discovery and AP advertisement
US20070147318A1 (en) 2005-12-27 2007-06-28 Intel Corporation Dynamic passing of wireless configuration parameters
US20070171909A1 (en) 2006-01-20 2007-07-26 Cisco Technology, Inc. Centralized wireless QoS architecture
US20070195793A1 (en) 2006-02-17 2007-08-23 Extreme Networks, Inc. Methods, systems, and computer program products for selective layer 2 port blocking using layer 2 source addresses
US7746897B2 (en) 2006-02-17 2010-06-29 Cisco Technology, Inc. Expedited bandwidth request for emergency services for wireless clients
US20070230457A1 (en) 2006-03-29 2007-10-04 Fujitsu Limited Authentication VLAN management apparatus
US20070248009A1 (en) 2006-04-24 2007-10-25 Petersen Brian A Distributed congestion avoidance in a network switching system
US20070253380A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 James Jollota Data translation device with nonvolatile memory for a networked medical device system
US20070255116A1 (en) 2006-04-28 2007-11-01 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Broadcast data transmission and data packet repeating techniques for a wireless medical device network
US20070297329A1 (en) 2006-05-01 2007-12-27 Park Vincent D Dynamic quality of service pre-authorization in a communications environment
US20070260720A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Morain Gary E Mobility domain
US20070258448A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2007-11-08 Hu Tyng J A System and method for restricting network access using forwarding databases
US20100040059A1 (en) 2006-05-03 2010-02-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for restricting network access using forwarding databases
US7558266B2 (en) 2006-05-03 2009-07-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for restricting network access using forwarding databases
WO2007136836A3 (en) 2006-05-19 2008-02-07 Siemens Energy & Automat System for optically detecting an electrical arc in a power supply
US20070268514A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Paul Zeldin Method and business model for automated configuration and deployment of a wireless network in a facility without network administrator intervention
US20070268516A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Jamsheed Bugwadia Automated policy-based network device configuration and network deployment
US20100180016A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2010-07-15 Belden Inc. Automated network device configuration and network deployment
US20070268515A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Yun Freund System and method for automatic configuration of remote network switch and connected access point devices
US20070268506A1 (en) 2006-05-19 2007-11-22 Paul Zeldin Autonomous auto-configuring wireless network device
US7577453B2 (en) 2006-06-01 2009-08-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless load balancing across bands
US7592906B1 (en) 2006-06-05 2009-09-22 Juniper Networks, Inc. Network policy evaluation
US20100329177A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2010-12-30 James Murphy Ap-local dynamic switching
US20110158122A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2011-06-30 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless routing selection system and method
US20070287390A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2007-12-13 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Untethered access point mesh system and method
US20080114784A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2008-05-15 James Murphy Sharing data between wireless switches system and method
US20080117822A1 (en) 2006-06-09 2008-05-22 James Murphy Wireless routing selection system and method
US7912982B2 (en) 2006-06-09 2011-03-22 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless routing selection system and method
US20070286208A1 (en) 2006-06-12 2007-12-13 Yasusi Kanada Network system and server
US7844298B2 (en) 2006-06-12 2010-11-30 Belden Inc. Tuned directional antennas
US20080002588A1 (en) 2006-06-30 2008-01-03 Mccaughan Sherry L Method and apparatus for routing data packets in a global IP network
US20080008117A1 (en) 2006-07-07 2008-01-10 Skyhook Wireless, Inc. Method and system for employing a dedicated device for position estimation by a wlan positioning system
US20080014916A1 (en) 2006-07-11 2008-01-17 Wistron Neweb Corp. Wireless network connection method and mobile phone using the same
US7805529B2 (en) 2006-07-14 2010-09-28 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for dynamically changing user session behavior based on user and/or group classification in response to application server demand
US7724704B2 (en) 2006-07-17 2010-05-25 Beiden Inc. Wireless VLAN system and method
US20080013481A1 (en) 2006-07-17 2008-01-17 Michael Terry Simons Wireless VLAN system and method
US20080039114A1 (en) 2006-08-11 2008-02-14 Sirf Technology, Inc. Cell id based positioning from cell intersections
US7693526B2 (en) 2006-08-16 2010-04-06 Cisco Technology, Inc. Enhanced load based wireless call admission control
US20080130523A1 (en) 2006-08-17 2008-06-05 Neustar, Inc. System and method for user identity portability in communication systems
US20080052393A1 (en) 2006-08-22 2008-02-28 Mcnaughton James L System and method for remotely controlling network operators
US20080049615A1 (en) 2006-08-22 2008-02-28 Bugenhagen Michael K System and method for dynamically shaping network traffic
US20080056200A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2008-03-06 Spectralink Corporation Method for determining DFS channel availability in a wireless LAN
US20080056211A1 (en) 2006-09-01 2008-03-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for scanning access points during station's handoff procedure in wireless communication system and station performing the method, and network interface supporting the method and wireless communication system enabling the method
US20080064356A1 (en) 2006-09-07 2008-03-13 Telefonaktiebolaget Lm Ericsson (Publ) Method of receiving wideband signal
US20080069018A1 (en) 2006-09-15 2008-03-20 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Quality of service provisioning for wireless networks
US20080080441A1 (en) 2006-09-29 2008-04-03 Electronics And Telecommunications Research Institute Localization apparatus for recognizing location of node in sensor network and method thereof
US20080102815A1 (en) 2006-11-01 2008-05-01 Snrlabs Corporation System, Method, and Computer-Readable Medium for User Equipment Decision-Making Criteria for Connectivity and Handover
US20080107077A1 (en) 2006-11-03 2008-05-08 James Murphy Subnet mobility supporting wireless handoff
US20080151844A1 (en) 2006-12-20 2008-06-26 Manish Tiwari Wireless access point authentication system and method
US20110255466A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-10-20 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for aggregation and queuing in a wireless network
US7788475B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2010-08-31 Intel Corporation Booting utilizing electronic mail
US20080159319A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Matthew Stuart Gast System and method for aggregation and queuing in a wireless network
US20080162921A1 (en) 2006-12-28 2008-07-03 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Application-aware wireless network system and method
US7873061B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-01-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. System and method for aggregation and queuing in a wireless network
US7865713B2 (en) 2006-12-28 2011-01-04 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Application-aware wireless network system and method
US7729278B2 (en) 2007-02-14 2010-06-01 Tropos Networks, Inc. Wireless routing based on data packet classifications
US20100142478A1 (en) 2007-03-07 2010-06-10 Nokia Corporation Neighbor network advertisement
US20080220772A1 (en) 2007-03-09 2008-09-11 Islam M Khaledul System and method for wireless network selection by multi-mode devices
US20080226075A1 (en) 2007-03-14 2008-09-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Restricted services for wireless stations
US20080261615A1 (en) 2007-04-19 2008-10-23 Amit Kalhan Apparatus, system and method for determining a geographical location of a portable communication device
US7716379B2 (en) 2007-04-26 2010-05-11 Microsoft Corporation Hardware control interface for IEEE standard 802.11 including transmission control interface component and a transmission status interface component
US20080276303A1 (en) 2007-05-03 2008-11-06 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Network Type Advertising
US20090010206A1 (en) 2007-06-08 2009-01-08 Qualcomm Incorporated Mobile ip home agent discovery
US7986940B2 (en) 2007-07-05 2011-07-26 Azurewave Technologies, Inc. Automatic wireless network linking method with security configuration and device thereof
US7945399B2 (en) 2007-08-13 2011-05-17 Nuvoton Technology Corporation Capacitive detection systems, modules and methods
US8190750B2 (en) 2007-08-24 2012-05-29 Alcatel Lucent Content rate selection for media servers with proxy-feedback-controlled frame transmission
US20090059930A1 (en) 2007-08-31 2009-03-05 Level 3 Communications, Llc System and method for managing virtual local area networks
US20090067436A1 (en) 2007-09-07 2009-03-12 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Network assignment based on priority
US20090073905A1 (en) 2007-09-18 2009-03-19 Trapeze Networks, Inc. High level instruction convergence function
US20090131082A1 (en) 2007-11-21 2009-05-21 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless station location detection
US8238942B2 (en) 2007-11-21 2012-08-07 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Wireless station location detection
US20090247103A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 Aragon David B Smoothing filter for irregular update intervals
US8150357B2 (en) 2008-03-28 2012-04-03 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Smoothing filter for irregular update intervals
US20120190320A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2012-07-26 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Smoothing filter for irregular update intervals
US20120190323A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2012-07-26 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Smoothing filter for irregular update intervals
US20090287816A1 (en) 2008-05-14 2009-11-19 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Link layer throughput testing
US20100024007A1 (en) 2008-07-25 2010-01-28 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Affirming network relationships and resource access via related networks
US20100067379A1 (en) 2008-08-29 2010-03-18 Trapeze Networks, Inc. Picking an optimal channel for an access point in a wireless network
WO2010130133A1 (en) 2009-05-14 2010-11-18 č„æ安č„æē”µę·é€šę— ēŗæē½‘ē»œé€šäæ”ęœ‰é™å…¬åø Method and system for station switching when wpi is implemented by access controller in convergent wlan

Non-Patent Citations (218)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Title
3COM, Wireless LAN Mobility System: Wireless LAN Switch and Controller Configuration Guide, 3COM, Revision A, Oct. 2004, 476 pages.
3COM, Wireless LAN Mobility System; Wireless LAN Switch and Controller Installation and Basic Configuration Guide, Revision B, Apr. 2005, 496 pages.
3COM, Wireless LAN Switch and Controller; Quick Start Guide, 3COM, Revision B, Nov. 2004, 10 pages.
3COM, Wireless LAN Switch Manager (3WXM), 3COM, Revision C, Oct. 2004, 8 pages.
Acampora and Winters, IEEE Communications Magazine, 25(28):11-20 (1987).
Acampora and Winters, IEEE Journal on selected Areas in Communications. SAC-5:796-804 (1987).
Aerohive Blog, posted by Devin Akin, Cooperative Control: Part 3, [Online] Retrieved from the Internet: <URL: http://blog.aerohive.com/blog/?p=71> Mar. 1, 2010 (3 pages).
Aerohive Blog, posted by Devin Akin, Cooperative Control: Part 3, [Online] Retrieved from the Internet: Mar. 1, 2010 (3 pages).
Bahl P. et al. "User Location and Tracking in an In-Building Radio Network," Microsoft Research, Feb. 1999, 13 pages.
Barber, S., Monitoring 802.1 Networks, IEEE 802.11, Sydney, NSW, May 13-17, 2002.
Bing and Subramanian, IEEE, 1318-1322 (1997).
Canadian Office Action dated Nov. 14, 2013 for Application No. 2,654,379.
Chen, Yen-Chen et al., "Enabling Location-Based Services on Wireless LANs", Networks, 2003. ICON2003. The 11th IEEE International Conference, Sep. 28-Oct. 1, 2003, pp. 567-572.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,387, filed May 19, 2006.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,537, filed May 19, 2006.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,538, filed May 19, 2006.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,582, filed May 19, 2006.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/588,848, filed Oct. 26, 2006.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/588,849, filed Oct. 26, 2006.
Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/588,878, filed Oct. 26, 2006.
Di Sorte, D., et al., "On the Performance of Service Publishing in IEEE 802.11 Multi-Access Environment," IEEE Communications Letters, vol. 11, No. 4, Apr. 2007, 3 pages.
Durgin, et al., "Measurements and Models for Radio Path Loss and Penetration Loss in and Around Homes and Trees at 5.85 GHz", IEEE Transactions on Communications, vol. 46, No. 11, Nov. 1998.
English Translation of Office Action for Japanese Application No. 2006-088348, mailed Jan. 4, 2011.
Erten, Y. Murat, "A Layered Security Architecture for Corporate 802.11 Wireless Networks", Wireless Telecommunications Symposium, May 14-15, 2004, pp. 123-128.
European Examination Report for Application No. 07796005.2, mailed Sep. 4, 2012.
European Search Report dated Nov. 22, 2013 for Application No. 07795182.0.
European Search Report dated Nov. 22, 2013 for Application No. 11150170.6 (7 pages).
Examination Report for European Application No. 02770460, Mar. 18, 2005.
Examination Report for European Application No. 06006504, mailed Oct. 10, 2006.
Extended Search Report for European Application No. 11188566.1, mailed Jan. 30, 2012.
Extended Supplementary European Search Report for Application No. 07796005.2, mailed Feb. 14, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 09/866,474, mailed Jun. 10, 2005.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,027, mailed Feb. 26, 2007.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,027, mailed Mar. 10, 2006.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,136, mailed Mar. 9, 2007.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/094,987, mailed May 23, 2008.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/330,877, mailed Apr. 22, 2010.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/330,877, mailed Mar. 13, 2009.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/330,877, mailed May 27, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/331,789, mailed Oct. 23, 2008.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Aug. 14, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Jun. 10, 2009.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/377,859, mailed Aug. 27, 2008.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/417,830, mailed May 28, 2009.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,538, mailed Jun. 10, 2009.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/592,891, mailed Jul. 20, 2009.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/595,119, mailed Aug. 2, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/595,119, mailed Jan. 5, 2010.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/784,307, mailed Jun. 14, 2010.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/801,964, mailed May 11, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/845,029, mailed Dec. 9, 2010.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/845,029, mailed Jan. 25, 2010.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/852,234, mailed Jan. 20, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/970,484, mailed Jul. 22, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/077,051, mailed Oct. 25, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/113,535, mailed Jan. 3, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/210,917, mailed May 13, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/304,100, mailed Dec. 11, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/304,100, mailed Feb. 2, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/336,492, mailed Jun. 15, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/370,562, mailed Jul. 26, 2012.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/401,073, mailed Apr. 1, 2011.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/474,020, mailed Oct. 4, 2010.
Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/489,295, mailed Jan. 18, 2012.
Final Office Action Mailed Jul. 15, 2009 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,387, filed May 19, 2006.
Final Office Action Mailed Jul. 16, 2009 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,537, filed May 19, 2006.
Final Office Action Mailed Jul. 22, 2009 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,582, filed May 19, 2006.
Final Office Action Mailed Jun. 10, 2009 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,538, filed May 19, 2006.
First Office Action for Chinese Application No. 2007800229623.X , mailed Dec. 31, 2010.
Fortunee et al., IEEE Computational Science and Engineering, "Wise Design of Indoor Wireless Systems: Practical Computation and Optimization", p. 58-68 (1995).
Freret et al., Applications of Spread-Spectrum Radio to Wireless Terminal Communications, Conf. Record, Nat'l Telecom. Conf., Nov. 30-Dec. 4, 1980.
Geier, Jim, Wireless Lans Implementing Interoperable Networks, Chapter 3 (pp. 89-125) Chapter 4 (pp. 129-157) Chapter 5 (pp. 159-189) and Chapter 6 (pp. 193-234), 1999, United States.
Ho et al., "Antenna Effects on Indoor Obstructed Wireless Channels and a Deterministic Image-Based Wide-Based Propagation Model for In-Building Personal Communications Systems", International Journal of Wireless Information Networks, vol. 1, No. 1, 1994.
Information Sciences Institute, RFC-791-Internet Protocol, DARPA, Sep. 1981.
International Preliminary Examination Report for PCT/US02/28090, mailed Oct. 29, 2003.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US05/004702, mailed Aug. 10, 2006.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US06/40498, mailed Dec. 28, 2007.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US06/40499, mailed Dec. 13, 2007.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US06/40500, mailed Aug. 17, 2007.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US07/013757, mailed Jan. 22, 2008.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US07/013758 mailed Apr. 3, 2008.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US07/089134, mailed Apr. 10, 2008.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US07/14847, mailed Apr. 1, 2008.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US2006/009525, mailed Sep. 13, 2007.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US2007/19696, mailed Feb. 29, 2008.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/US2008/010708, mailed May 18, 2009.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/USO4/30683, mailed Feb. 10, 2006.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/USO4/30684, mailed Feb. 10, 2006.
International Search Report and Written Opinion for PCT/USO4/30769, mailed Oct. 4, 2005.
International Search Report for PCT/US02/28090, mailed Aug. 13, 2003.
International Search Report PCT/US2007/012016 dated Jan. 4, 2008.
International Search Report PCT/US2007/012194 dated Feb. 4, 2008.
International Search Report PCT/US2007/012195 dated Mar. 19, 2008.
Johnson, David B, et al., "DSR The Dynamic Source Routing Protocol for Multi-Hop Wireless Ad Hoc Networks," Computer Science Department, Carnegie Mellon University, Nov. 3, 2005 (http://monarch.cs.rice.edu/monarch-papers/dsr-chapter00.pdf).
Kim et al., "Radio Propagation Measurements and Prediction Using Three-Dimensional Ray Tracing in Urban Environments at 908 MHz and 1.9 GHz", IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 48, No. 3, May 1999.
Kleine-Ostmann, T., et al., "A Data Fusion Architecture for Enhanced Position Estimation in Wireless Networks," IEEE Communications Letters , vol. 5(8), Aug. 2001, p. 343-345.
Kleinrock and Scholl, Conference record 1977 ICC vol. 2 of 3, Jun. 12-15 Chicago Illinois "Packet Switching in radio Channels: New Conflict-Free Multiple Access Schemes for a Small Number of data Useres", (1977).
L. Yang et al. "Architecture Taxonomy for Control and Provisioning of Wireless Access Points (CAPWAP)", CAPWAP Working Group, Internet Draft, Nov. 16, 2004, pp. 1-44.
LAN/MAN Standars Committee of the IEEE Computer Society, Part 11: Wireless LAN Medium Access Control (MAC) and Physical Layer (PHY) Specifications: Higher Speed Physical Layer Extension in the 2.4 GHz Band, IEEE Std. 802.11b (1999).
Latvala J. et al., Evaluation of RSSI-Based Human Tracking, Proceedings for the 2000 European Signal Processing Conference, Sep. 2000, 9 pages.
Latvala, J. et al. "Patient Tracking in a Hospital Environment Using Extended Kalman-filtering," Proceedings of the 1999 Middle East Conference on Networking, Nov. 1999, 5 pages.
Law, A., "New Service Discovery Protocol," Internet Citation [Online] XP002292473 Retrieved from the Internet: [retrieved Aug. 12, 2004] (15 pages).
Law, A., "New Service Discovery Protocol," Internet Citation [Online] XP002292473 Retrieved from the Internet: <URL: http://sern.uccalgary.caĖœlawa/SENG60921/arch/SDP.htm> [retrieved Aug. 12, 2004] (15 pages).
McCann, S., et al., "Emergency Services for 802," IEEE 802.11-07/0505r1, Mar. 2007, 27 pages.
Microsoft Computer Dictionary, Fifth Edition, Microsoft Corporation, 2002, 2 pages.
Myllymaki, P. et al., "A Probabilistic Approach to WLAN User Location Estimation," Third IEEE Workshop on Wireless Local Area Networks, Sep. 27-28, 2001, 12 pages.
Non-Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Dec. 17, 2012.
Non-Final Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/377,859, mailed Jan. 8, 2008.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed Apr. 29, 2010 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/588,848, filed Oct. 26, 2006.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed Dec. 22, 2008 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,538, filed May 19, 2006.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed Dec. 23, 2008 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,387, filed May 19, 2006.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed Dec. 23, 2008 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,537, filed May 19, 2006.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed Jan. 22, 2010 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/588,849, filed Oct. 26, 2006.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed Jan. 8, 2009 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,582, filed May 19, 2006.
Non-Final Office Action Mailed May 13, 2010 in Co-pending U.S. Appl. No. 11/588,878, filed Oct. 26, 2006.
Office Action for Canadian Application No. 2,638,754, mailed Oct. 3, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 09/866,474, mailed Nov. 30, 2004.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/235,338, mailed Jan. 8, 2003.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/666,848, mailed Mar. 22, 2007.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,027, mailed Jul. 29, 2005.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,027, mailed May 5, 2006.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,136, mailed Aug. 28, 2006.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 10/667,136, mailed Jan. 25, 2006.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/094,987, mailed Dec. 27, 2007.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/094,987, mailed Oct. 21, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/326,966, mailed Nov. 14, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/330,877, mailed Aug. 6, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/330,877, mailed Jan. 13, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/330,877, mailed Sep. 11, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/331,789, mailed Aug. 5, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/331,789, mailed Jun. 13, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Dec. 2, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Feb. 15, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Jul. 26, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed May 26, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Nov. 29, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/351,104, mailed Oct. 28, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/400,165, mailed Aug. 19, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/417,830, mailed Nov. 14, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/417,993, mailed Oct. 29, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/437,538, mailed Dec. 22, 2008.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/487,722, mailed Aug. 7, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/592,891, mailed Jan. 15, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/595,119, mailed Aug. 19, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/595,119, mailed Jul. 21, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/604,075, mailed May 3, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/643,329, mailed Jul. 9, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/648,359, mailed Nov. 19, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/784,307, mailed Sep. 22, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/801,964, mailed Sep. 17, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/845,029, mailed Jul. 9, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/845,029, mailed May 14, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/845,029, mailed Sep. 27, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/852,234, mailed Apr. 27, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/852,234, mailed Aug. 9, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/852,234, mailed Jan. 21, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/852,234, mailed Jun. 29, 2009.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/944,346, mailed Nov. 23, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/970,484, mailed Jun. 20, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 11/970,484, mailed Nov. 24, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/077,051, mailed Dec. 28, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/113,535, mailed Apr. 21, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/172,195, mailed Feb. 14, 2013.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/172,195, mailed Jun. 1, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/172,195, mailed Nov. 12, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/210,917, mailed Dec. 5, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/210,917, mailed Nov. 15, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/304,100, mailed Jun. 17, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/304,100, mailed May 29, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/336,492, mailed Sep. 15, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/370,562, mailed Apr. 6, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/370,562, mailed Jan. 17, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/370,562, mailed Sep. 30, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/401,073, mailed Aug. 23, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/401,073, mailed Sep. 20, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/474,020, mailed Jun. 3, 2010.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/489,295, mailed Apr. 27, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/500,392, mailed Jun. 20, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/785,362, mailed Apr. 22, 2011.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 12/957,997, mailed Aug. 28, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 13/396,124, mailed May 7, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 13/437,669, mailed May 30, 2012.
Office Action for U.S. Appl. No. 13/437,673, mailed May 30, 2012.
Okamoto and Xu, IEEE, Proceeding so of the 13th Annual Hawaii International Conference on System Sciences, pp. 54-63 (1997).
P. Bahl et al., A Software System for Locating Mobile Users: Design, Evaluation, and Lessons, Microsoft Research, Feb. 1999, 13 pages.
P. Bahl et al., RADAR: An In-Building RF-based User Location and Tracking System, Microsoft Research, Mar. 2000, 10 pages.
P. Martinez, M. Brunner, J. Quittek, F. Straus, J. Schonwlder, S. Mertens, T. Klie "Using the Script MIB for Policy-based Configuration Management", Technical University Braunschweig, Braunschweig, Germany, 2002.
Panjwani et al., "Interactive Computation of Coverage Regions for Wireless Communication in Multifloored Indoor Environments", IEEE Journal on Selected Areas in Communications, vol. 14, No. 3, Apr. 1996.
Perram and Martinez, "Technology Developments for Low-Cost Residential Alarm Systems", Proceedings 1977 Carnahan Conference on Crime Countermeasures, Apr. 6-8, pp. 45-50 (1977).
Piazzi et al., "Achievable Accuracy of Site-Specific Path-Loss Predictions in Residential Environments", IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 48, No. 3, May 1999.
Potter, B., and Fleck, B., 802.11 Security, O'Reilly Media Inc., Dec. 2002, 14 pages.
Pulson, Time Domain Corporation, Ultra wideband (UWB) Radios for Precision Location, Third IEEE Workshop on Wireless Local Area Networks, Sep. 27-28, 2001, 8 pages.
Puttini, R., Percher, J., Me, L., and De Sousa, R. 2004. A fully distributed IDS for Manet. In Proceedings of the Ninth international Symposium on Computers and Communications 2004 vol. 2 (ISCCā€³04)ā€”vol. 02 (Jun. 28-Jul. 1, 2004). ISCC. IEEE Computer Society, Washington, DC, 331-338.
Puttini, R., Percher, J., Me, L., and De Sousa, R. 2004. A fully distributed IDS for Manet. In Proceedings of the Ninth international Symposium on Computers and Communications 2004 vol. 2 (ISCC''04)-vol. 02 (Jun. 28-Jul. 1, 2004). ISCC. IEEE Computer Society, Washington, DC, 331-338.
Sangheon Pack et al. "Fast-handoff support in IEEE 802.11 wireless networks," IEEE Communications Surveys, IEEE, NY, NY, vol. 9, No. 1, First Quarter 2007 (pp. 2-12) ISSN: 1553-877X.
Second Office Action for Chinese Application No. 2007800229623.X , mailed Mar. 7, 2012.
Seidel et al., "Site-Specific Propagation Prediction for Wireless In-Building Personal Communications System Design", IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 43, No. 4, Nov. 1994.
Skidmore et al., "Interactive Coverage Region and System Design Simulation for Wireless Communication Systems in Multi-floored Indoor Environments, SMT Plus" IEEE ICUPC '96 Proceedings (1996).
Summons for Oral Hearing Proceedings for European Application No. 02770460, Jan. 31, 2006.
Supplementary Partial European Search Report for European Application No. 02770460, mailed Aug. 20, 2004.
Supplementary Partial European Search Report for European Application No. 02770460, mailed Dec. 15, 2004.
Third Office Action for Chinese Application No. 200780029623.X, mailed Sep. 29, 2012ā€”translation Yes.
Thomson, Allan, Cisco Systems, AP Power Down Notification, Power Point slide show; IEEE standards committee meeting Jul. 15, 2008; doc.: IEEE 802.11-08/0759r0, 14 pages.
U.S. Appl. No. 09/866,474, filed May 29, 2001.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/603,391, filed Oct. 21, 2009.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/763,057, filed Apr. 19, 2010.
U.S. Appl. No. 12/957,997, filed Dec. 1, 2010.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/017,801, filed Jan. 31, 2011.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/396,124, filed Feb. 14, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/437,669, filed Apr. 2, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/437,673, filed Apr. 2, 2012.
U.S. Appl. No. 13/447,656, filed Apr. 16, 2012.
Ullmo et al., "Wireless Propagation in Buildings: A Statistic Scattering Approach", IEEE Transactions on Vehicular Technology, vol. 48, No. 3, May 1999.
Wikipedia, Wireless LAN, 2 definitions for wireless LAN roaming, [Online] [retrieved Oct. 4, 2010] Retrieved from the Internet: (1 page).
Wikipedia, Wireless LAN, 2 definitions for wireless LAN roaming, [Online] [retrieved Oct. 4, 2010] Retrieved from the Internet: <URL: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Wirelessā€”LAN> (1 page).
Written Opinion PCT/US2007/012016 dated Jan. 4, 2008.
Written Opinion PCT/US2007/012194 dated Feb. 4, 2008.
Written Opinion PCT/US2007/012195 dated Mar. 19, 2008.

Cited By (162)

* Cited by examiner, ā€  Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10419535B2 (en) * 2006-12-28 2019-09-17 Conversant Wireless Licensing S.a.r.l. Preconfigured syncML profile categories
US10171681B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-01-01 Headwater Research Llc Service design center for device assisted services
US9866642B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-01-09 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device with wireless modem power state control policy for background applications
US11923995B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2024-03-05 Headwater Research Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US11757943B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-09-12 Headwater Research Llc Automated device provisioning and activation
US20150200882A1 (en) * 2009-01-28 2015-07-16 Headwater Partners I Llc Network System With Common Secure Wireless Message Service Serving Multiple Applications on Multiple Wireless Devices
US11750477B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-09-05 Headwater Research Llc Adaptive ambient services
US9198042B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Security techniques for device assisted services
US9198075B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with differential traffic control policy list applicable to one of several wireless modems
US9198076B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with power-control-state-based wireless network access policy for background applications
US9198117B2 (en) * 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Network system with common secure wireless message service serving multiple applications on multiple wireless devices
US9198074B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-11-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with differential traffic control policy list and applying foreground classification to roaming wireless data service
US9204374B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-01 Headwater Partners I Llc Multicarrier over-the-air cellular network activation server
US9204282B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-01 Headwater Partners I Llc Enhanced roaming services and converged carrier networks with device assisted services and a proxy
US9215159B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-15 Headwater Partners I Llc Data usage monitoring for media data services used by applications
US9215613B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-15 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with differential traffic control policy list having limited user control
US9220027B1 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-22 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with policy-based controls for WWAN network usage and modem state changes requested by specific applications
US9225797B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2015-12-29 Headwater Partners I Llc System for providing an adaptive wireless ambient service to a mobile device
US9232403B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-01-05 Headwater Partners I Llc Mobile device with common secure wireless message service serving multiple applications
US11665186B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-05-30 Headwater Research Llc Communications device with secure data path processing agents
US9247450B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-01-26 Headwater Partners I Llc Quality of service for device assisted services
US9253663B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-02-02 Headwater Partners I Llc Controlling mobile device communications on a roaming network based on device state
US9258735B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-02-09 Headwater Partners I Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US9271184B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-02-23 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with per-application data limit and traffic control policy list limiting background application traffic
US11665592B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-05-30 Headwater Research Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US9277445B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-03-01 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with differential traffic control policy list and applying foreground classification to wireless data service
US9277433B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-03-01 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with policy-based aggregation of network activity requested by applications
US9319913B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-04-19 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with secure network-provided differential traffic control policy list
US9351193B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-05-24 Headwater Partners I Llc Intermediate networking devices
US9386121B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-07-05 Headwater Partners I Llc Method for providing an adaptive wireless ambient service to a mobile device
US10200541B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-02-05 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device with divided user space/kernel space traffic policy system
US9392462B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-07-12 Headwater Partners I Llc Mobile end-user device with agent limiting wireless data communication for specified background applications based on a stored policy
US11589216B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-02-21 Headwater Research Llc Service selection set publishing to device agent with on-device service selection
US11582593B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-02-14 Head Water Research Llc Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration
US9491199B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-11-08 Headwater Partners I Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US9491564B1 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-11-08 Headwater Partners I Llc Mobile device and method with secure network messaging for authorized components
US9521578B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-12-13 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with application program interface to allow applications to access application-specific aspects of a wireless network access policy
US9532261B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-12-27 Headwater Partners I Llc System and method for wireless network offloading
US9532161B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-12-27 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless device with application data flow tagging and network stack-implemented network access policy
US9544397B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-01-10 Headwater Partners I Llc Proxy server for providing an adaptive wireless ambient service to a mobile device
US9557889B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-01-31 Headwater Partners I Llc Service plan design, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, and device management
US9565707B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-07 Headwater Partners I Llc Wireless end-user device with wireless data attribution to multiple personas
US9565543B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-07 Headwater Partners I Llc Device group partitions and settlement platform
US9572019B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-14 Headwater Partners LLC Service selection set published to device agent with on-device service selection
US9571559B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-14 Headwater Partners I Llc Enhanced curfew and protection associated with a device group
US9578182B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-02-21 Headwater Partners I Llc Mobile device and service management
US9591474B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-03-07 Headwater Partners I Llc Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration
US9609459B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-03-28 Headwater Research Llc Network tools for analysis, design, testing, and production of services
US9609510B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-03-28 Headwater Research Llc Automated credential porting for mobile devices
US9609544B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-03-28 Headwater Research Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US9615192B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-04-04 Headwater Research Llc Message link server with plural message delivery triggers
US9641957B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-05-02 Headwater Research Llc Automated device provisioning and activation
US9647918B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-05-09 Headwater Research Llc Mobile device and method attributing media services network usage to requesting application
US11570309B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-01-31 Headwater Research Llc Service design center for device assisted services
US9674731B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-06-06 Headwater Research Llc Wireless device applying different background data traffic policies to different device applications
US9706061B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-07-11 Headwater Partners I Llc Service design center for device assisted services
US9705771B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-07-11 Headwater Partners I Llc Attribution of mobile device data traffic to end-user application based on socket flows
US11563592B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2023-01-24 Headwater Research Llc Managing service user discovery and service launch object placement on a device
US9749899B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-08-29 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device with network traffic API to indicate unavailability of roaming wireless connection to background applications
US9749898B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-08-29 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device with differential traffic control policy list applicable to one of several wireless modems
US9755842B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-09-05 Headwater Research Llc Managing service user discovery and service launch object placement on a device
US9769207B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-09-19 Headwater Research Llc Wireless network service interfaces
US9819808B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2017-11-14 Headwater Research Llc Hierarchical service policies for creating service usage data records for a wireless end-user device
US9858559B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-01-02 Headwater Research Llc Network service plan design
US11538106B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-12-27 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device providing ambient or sponsored services
US9942796B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-04-10 Headwater Research Llc Quality of service for device assisted services
US9954975B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-04-24 Headwater Research Llc Enhanced curfew and protection associated with a device group
US9955332B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-04-24 Headwater Research Llc Method for child wireless device activation to subscriber account of a master wireless device
US9973930B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-05-15 Headwater Research Llc End user device that secures an association of application to service policy with an application certificate check
US9980146B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-05-22 Headwater Research Llc Communications device with secure data path processing agents
US10028144B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-07-17 Headwater Research Llc Security techniques for device assisted services
US10057141B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-08-21 Headwater Research Llc Proxy system and method for adaptive ambient services
US10057775B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-08-21 Headwater Research Llc Virtualized policy and charging system
US10064055B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-08-28 Headwater Research Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US10064033B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-08-28 Headwater Research Llc Device group partitions and settlement platform
US10070305B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-09-04 Headwater Research Llc Device assisted services install
US11533642B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-12-20 Headwater Research Llc Device group partitions and settlement platform
US10165447B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-12-25 Headwater Research Llc Network service plan design
US10171990B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-01-01 Headwater Research Llc Service selection set publishing to device agent with on-device service selection
US10171988B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-01-01 Headwater Research Llc Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration
US11516301B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-11-29 Headwater Research Llc Enhanced curfew and protection associated with a device group
US10080250B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2018-09-18 Headwater Research Llc Enterprise access control and accounting allocation for access networks
US11494837B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-11-08 Headwater Research Llc Virtualized policy and charging system
US9386165B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2016-07-05 Headwater Partners I Llc System and method for providing user notifications
US10237773B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-03-19 Headwater Research Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US10237146B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-03-19 Headwater Research Llc Adaptive ambient services
US10237757B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-03-19 Headwater Research Llc System and method for wireless network offloading
US10248996B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-04-02 Headwater Research Llc Method for operating a wireless end-user device mobile payment agent
US10264138B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-04-16 Headwater Research Llc Mobile device and service management
US10321320B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-06-11 Headwater Research Llc Wireless network buffered message system
US10320990B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-06-11 Headwater Research Llc Device assisted CDR creation, aggregation, mediation and billing
US10326675B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-06-18 Headwater Research Llc Flow tagging for service policy implementation
US10326800B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-06-18 Headwater Research Llc Wireless network service interfaces
US11477246B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-10-18 Headwater Research Llc Network service plan design
US10462627B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-10-29 Headwater Research Llc Service plan design, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, and device management
US10492102B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2019-11-26 Headwater Research Llc Intermediate networking devices
US10536983B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-01-14 Headwater Research Llc Enterprise access control and accounting allocation for access networks
US10582375B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-03-03 Headwater Research Llc Device assisted services install
US10681179B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-06-09 Headwater Research Llc Enhanced curfew and protection associated with a device group
US10694385B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-06-23 Headwater Research Llc Security techniques for device assisted services
US10715342B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-07-14 Headwater Research Llc Managing service user discovery and service launch object placement on a device
US10716006B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-07-14 Headwater Research Llc End user device that secures an association of application to service policy with an application certificate check
US10749700B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-08-18 Headwater Research Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US10771980B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-09-08 Headwater Research Llc Communications device with secure data path processing agents
US10779177B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-09-15 Headwater Research Llc Device group partitions and settlement platform
US10783581B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-09-22 Headwater Research Llc Wireless end-user device providing ambient or sponsored services
US10791471B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-09-29 Headwater Research Llc System and method for wireless network offloading
US10798252B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-10-06 Headwater Research Llc System and method for providing user notifications
US10798558B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-10-06 Headwater Research Llc Adapting network policies based on device service processor configuration
US10798254B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-10-06 Headwater Research Llc Service design center for device assisted services
US10803518B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-10-13 Headwater Research Llc Virtualized policy and charging system
US10834577B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-11-10 Headwater Research Llc Service offer set publishing to device agent with on-device service selection
US11425580B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-08-23 Headwater Research Llc System and method for wireless network offloading
US10841839B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-11-17 Headwater Research Llc Security, fraud detection, and fraud mitigation in device-assisted services systems
US10848330B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-11-24 Headwater Research Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US10855559B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-12-01 Headwater Research Llc Adaptive ambient services
US10869199B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2020-12-15 Headwater Research Llc Network service plan design
US10985977B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-04-20 Headwater Research Llc Quality of service for device assisted services
US11412366B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-08-09 Headwater Research Llc Enhanced roaming services and converged carrier networks with device assisted services and a proxy
US11039020B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-06-15 Headwater Research Llc Mobile device and service management
US11405224B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-08-02 Headwater Research Llc Device-assisted services for protecting network capacity
US11405429B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-08-02 Headwater Research Llc Security techniques for device assisted services
US11096055B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-08-17 Headwater Research Llc Automated device provisioning and activation
US11363496B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-06-14 Headwater Research Llc Intermediate networking devices
US11134102B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-09-28 Headwater Research Llc Verifiable device assisted service usage monitoring with reporting, synchronization, and notification
US11190545B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-11-30 Headwater Research Llc Wireless network service interfaces
US11190645B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-11-30 Headwater Research Llc Device assisted CDR creation, aggregation, mediation and billing
US11190427B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2021-11-30 Headwater Research Llc Flow tagging for service policy implementation
US11218854B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-01-04 Headwater Research Llc Service plan design, user interfaces, application programming interfaces, and device management
US11219074B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-01-04 Headwater Research Llc Enterprise access control and accounting allocation for access networks
US11228617B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-01-18 Headwater Research Llc Automated device provisioning and activation
US11337059B2 (en) 2009-01-28 2022-05-17 Headwater Research Llc Device assisted services install
US9231905B2 (en) * 2010-12-22 2016-01-05 Nec Corporation Communication device, method for setting communication device, and program
US20130275622A1 (en) * 2010-12-22 2013-10-17 Nec Corporation Communication device, method for setting communication device, and program
US20140156820A1 (en) * 2012-11-30 2014-06-05 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Configuration information selection based on extracted information
US20140280804A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-09-18 Dell Products L.P. Relationship driven dynamic workflow system
US10834583B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-11-10 Headwater Research Llc Automated credential porting for mobile devices
US11743717B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2023-08-29 Headwater Research Llc Automated credential porting for mobile devices
US10171995B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-01-01 Headwater Research Llc Automated credential porting for mobile devices
US20150029868A1 (en) * 2013-07-29 2015-01-29 Honeywell International Inc. Wearable network topology analyzer
US9706331B2 (en) * 2013-12-27 2017-07-11 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing information processing program for information processing device, information processing device, and method for controlling information processing device
US20150189489A1 (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-07-02 Brother Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing information processing program for information processing device, information processing device, and method for controlling information processing device
US20150312833A1 (en) * 2014-04-23 2015-10-29 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Automated wireless channel changing
US9392538B2 (en) * 2014-04-23 2016-07-12 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Automated wireless channel changing
US20160057000A1 (en) * 2014-08-22 2016-02-25 Spectralink Corporation Distributed configuration management system and method
US9667491B2 (en) * 2014-08-22 2017-05-30 Spectralink Corporation Distributed configuration management system and method
US20160224003A1 (en) * 2015-02-02 2016-08-04 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Replacement of a faulty system component in an automation system
US10169048B1 (en) * 2017-06-28 2019-01-01 International Business Machines Corporation Preparing computer nodes to boot in a multidimensional torus fabric network
US11811642B2 (en) 2018-07-27 2023-11-07 GoTenna, Inc. Vineā„¢: zero-control routing using data packet inspection for wireless mesh networks
US11425122B2 (en) 2018-08-13 2022-08-23 Amazon Technologies, Inc. System and method for providing a configuration file to client devices
US10992741B2 (en) 2018-08-13 2021-04-27 Wickr Inc. System and method for providing a configuration file to client devices
US20220147491A1 (en) * 2019-06-15 2022-05-12 Meta Platforms, Inc. Scalable, secure, efficient, and adaptable distributed digital ledger transaction network
US11615055B2 (en) 2019-06-15 2023-03-28 Meta Platforms, Inc. Scalable, secure, efficient, and adaptable distributed digital ledger transaction network
US20220107918A1 (en) * 2019-06-15 2022-04-07 Facebook, Inc. Scalable, secure, efficient, and adaptable distributed digital ledger transaction network
US20210248110A1 (en) * 2019-06-15 2021-08-12 Facebook, Inc. Scalable, secure, efficient, and adaptable distributed digital ledger transaction network
US11102644B2 (en) * 2019-11-28 2021-08-24 Beijing Xiaomi Mobile Software Co., Ltd. Network configuration method and apparatus
US11593124B2 (en) 2020-01-14 2023-02-28 The Toronto-Dominion Bank System and method for automated configuration of a computing device
US11044149B1 (en) 2020-02-28 2021-06-22 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. System and method for conditioning and certifying network equipment
US11570707B2 (en) * 2021-01-11 2023-01-31 Dell Products L.P. Systems and methods for comparison and scoring of network access points
US20220225228A1 (en) * 2021-01-11 2022-07-14 Dell Products L.P. Systems and methods for comparison and scoring of network access points
US20220303270A1 (en) * 2021-03-18 2022-09-22 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Security-enhanced auto-configuration of network communication ports for cloud-managed devices
US11757876B2 (en) * 2021-03-18 2023-09-12 Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp Security-enhanced auto-configuration of network communication ports for cloud-managed devices

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP2355570B1 (en) 2018-05-16
EP2355570A2 (en) 2011-08-10
EP2355570A3 (en) 2013-12-25
US20100180016A1 (en) 2010-07-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8966018B2 (en) Automated network device configuration and network deployment
EP2033082B1 (en) Automated policy-based network device configuration and network deployment
US20070268514A1 (en) Method and business model for automated configuration and deployment of a wireless network in a facility without network administrator intervention
US20070268506A1 (en) Autonomous auto-configuring wireless network device
US20070268515A1 (en) System and method for automatic configuration of remote network switch and connected access point devices
US11153081B2 (en) System for user-friendly access control setup using a protected setup
US10833927B2 (en) Systems and methods for intuitive home networking
US9154378B2 (en) Architecture for virtualized home IP service delivery
US8145735B2 (en) Configuring network settings using portable storage media
AU2006240015B2 (en) Wireless device discovery and configuration
CN108886528A (en) For the management object according to one of multiple provisioning techniques supply equipment
US7421266B1 (en) Installation and configuration process for wireless network
JP2005223899A (en) Xml schema for network device constitution
CN102594579A (en) Automatic configuration and network deployment for network devices
US20090233609A1 (en) Touchless Plug and Play Base Station
JP4480346B2 (en) Information device security ensuring method and system, and information device security ensuring program
EP3206423A1 (en) Device and method for connecting devices to a network
WO2021134562A1 (en) Configuration device replacement method and apparatus, device, and storage medium
WO2023130405A1 (en) Device configuration method and apparatus, computer device, and storage medium
US20220400118A1 (en) Connecting internet of thing (iot) devices to a wireless network

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: BELDEN INC., MISSOURI

Free format text: CHANGE OF NAME;ASSIGNOR:TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC.;REEL/FRAME:023985/0751

Effective date: 20091221

AS Assignment

Owner name: TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:BELDEN INC.;REEL/FRAME:025327/0302

Effective date: 20101108

AS Assignment

Owner name: TRAPEZE NETWORKS, INC., CALIFORNIA

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:BUGWADIA, JAMSHEED;FREUND, YUN;ZELDIN, PAUL;SIGNING DATES FROM 20060724 TO 20060725;REEL/FRAME:026007/0482

STCF Information on status: patent grant

Free format text: PATENTED CASE

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: MAINTENANCE FEE REMINDER MAILED (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: REM.); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

FEPP Fee payment procedure

Free format text: SURCHARGE FOR LATE PAYMENT, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1554); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 4TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1551); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 4

MAFP Maintenance fee payment

Free format text: PAYMENT OF MAINTENANCE FEE, 8TH YEAR, LARGE ENTITY (ORIGINAL EVENT CODE: M1552); ENTITY STATUS OF PATENT OWNER: LARGE ENTITY

Year of fee payment: 8